From 6e0f4bb68148b7067ae458d0907df1aa9f493f93 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>
Date: Mon, 16 Mar 2015 20:46:26 +0000
Subject: glossaries (16mar15)

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@36533 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
---
 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES     |    7 +
 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README      |    4 +-
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf       |  Bin 954788 -> 955239 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html      | 3526 ++++++++++----------
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf       |  Bin 685252 -> 685436 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex       |   11 +-
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html      |    8 +-
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf       |  Bin 148797 -> 148826 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex       |    4 +-
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html  |    4 +-
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf   |  Bin 140890 -> 140865 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex   |    2 +-
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html      |    2 +-
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf       |  Bin 221130 -> 221154 bytes
 .../samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf           |  Bin 252917 -> 252917 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf    |  Bin 49381 -> 49381 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf |  Bin 58817 -> 58817 bytes
 .../latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf   |  Bin 53456 -> 53456 bytes
 .../glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf   |  Bin 82189 -> 82189 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf   |  Bin 36455 -> 36455 bytes
 .../latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf |  Bin 36839 -> 36839 bytes
 .../latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf   |  Bin 34904 -> 34904 bytes
 .../latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf    |  Bin 31810 -> 31810 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf  |  Bin 43379 -> 43379 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf |  Bin 147339 -> 147137 bytes
 .../latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf   |  Bin 38855 -> 38855 bytes
 .../latex/glossaries/samples/sample-mfirstuc.pdf   |  Bin 25836 -> 25836 bytes
 .../latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf    |  Bin 39198 -> 39198 bytes
 .../glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf    |  Bin 96000 -> 96000 bytes
 .../latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf   |  Bin 67077 -> 67077 bytes
 .../glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf      |  Bin 41745 -> 41745 bytes
 .../latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf |  Bin 41979 -> 41979 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf |  Bin 43259 -> 43259 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf     |  Bin 21710 -> 21710 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf        |  Bin 103009 -> 102805 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf    |  Bin 43320 -> 43320 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf     |  Bin 65664 -> 65664 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf |  Bin 65643 -> 65643 bytes
 .../latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf   |  Bin 93638 -> 93638 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf      |  Bin 47043 -> 47043 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf    |  Bin 48435 -> 48435 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf      |  Bin 155783 -> 155598 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf    |  Bin 169237 -> 169059 bytes
 .../latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf   |  Bin 91370 -> 91370 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf     |  Bin 98966 -> 98755 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf  |  Bin 47459 -> 47459 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf     |  Bin 65942 -> 65942 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf    |  Bin 95345 -> 95141 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf |  Bin 41155 -> 41155 bytes
 .../latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf    |  Bin 37201 -> 37201 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf    |  Bin 66912 -> 66912 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf    |  Bin 44939 -> 44939 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf     |  Bin 179102 -> 178708 bytes
 .../doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf    |  Bin 68399 -> 68399 bytes
 54 files changed, 1788 insertions(+), 1780 deletions(-)

(limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/doc')

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES
index 99ec4dded2a..3d4c723c775 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES
@@ -1,5 +1,12 @@
 glossaries change log:
 
+v4.15:
+
+  * glossaries.sty:
+
+   - bug fix
+     www.dickimaw-books.com/cgi-bin/bugtracker.cgi?action=view&key=79
+
 v4.14:
 
   * glossaries.sty:
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README
index e71a5d338bf..c1e75d1fc4e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-LaTeX Package : glossaries v4.14
+LaTeX Package : glossaries v4.15
 
-Last Modified : 2015-02-28
+Last Modified : 2015-03-16
 
 Author        : Nicola Talbot
 
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf
index 5d756ecf247..05ef4903aa6 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html
index 1326969d1d4..e9b4f1a0297 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@
 <!--http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd-->  
 <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"  
 > 
-<head><title>User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.14</title> 
+<head><title>User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.15</title> 
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /> 
 <meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> 
 <meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> 
 <!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 --> 
 <meta name="src" content="glossaries-user.tex" /> 
-<meta name="date" content="2015-02-28 17:35:00" /> 
+<meta name="date" content="2015-03-16 18:44:00" /> 
  
 <style type="text/css"> 
 <!--  
@@ -228,14 +228,14 @@ div.verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; cle
                                                                   
                                                                   
 
-<h2 class="titleHead">User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.14</h2>
+<h2 class="titleHead">User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.15</h2>
           <div class="author" ><span 
 class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span>
 <br /> <a 
 href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/" class="url" ><span 
 class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a></div><br />
 <div class="date" ><span 
-class="cmr-12">2015-02-28</span></div>
+class="cmr-12">2015-03-16</span></div>
                                                                   
                                                                   
    </div>
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span></a> </dt><dd
 class="description">Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner
      workings of all the packages provided in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle should read
-     &#8220;Documented Code for glossaries v4.14&#8221;. This includes the documented
+     &#8220;Documented Code for glossaries v4.15&#8221;. This includes the documented
      code for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
  id="dx1-4"></a> package.
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">o</span>.
      Depending on the font, the backslash character may appear as a dash when
      used in the main document text, so <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\foo </span>will appear as: &#8212;foo.
-     <!--l. 216--><p class="noindent" >Earlier versions of  <span 
+     <!--l. 219--><p class="noindent" >Earlier versions of  <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>used this technique to write information to
      the files used by the indexing applications to prevent problems caused by
      fragile commands. Now, this is only used for the <span 
@@ -2592,15 +2592,17 @@ class="cmss-10">user1</span><a
 <!--l. 1325--><p class="indent" >   The sample file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossary-lipsum-examples.tex </span>in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">doc/latex/glossaries/samples</span>
-directory uses all these files.
+directory uses all these files. See also <a 
+href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries" class="url" ><span 
+class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries</span></a>.
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 1329--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1330--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 1329--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 1330--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:languages"></a>Multi-Lingual Support</h3>
-<!--l. 1332--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, the <span 
+<!--l. 1333--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package can now be used with <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
@@ -2635,8 +2637,8 @@ option. For example:
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{babel}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1347--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1349--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although a&#x00A0;<a 
+<!--l. 1348--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1350--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although a&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
  id="dx1-7008"></a></a>, such as &eacute;, looks like a plain character
 in your tex file, with standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
@@ -2644,7 +2646,7 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;it&#8217;s actually a&#x00A0;macro and
 expansion problems. You may need to switch off the field expansions with
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span>. This issue doesn&#8217;t occur with XeLaTeX.
-</p><!--l. 1356--><p class="indent" >   If you use a&#x00A0;<a 
+</p><!--l. 1357--><p class="indent" >   If you use a&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
  id="dx1-7009"></a></a> (or other expandable) character at the start of
 an entry name, you must place it in a group, or it will cause a problem for
@@ -2665,12 +2667,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;or</span><span
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;class}}</span></span>
 </div>
 </div> </div>
-<!--l. 1364--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 1365--><p class="noindent" >
 (For further details, see the section <a 
 href="mfirstuc-manual.html" >&#8220;UTF-8&#8221;</a> in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
  id="dx1-7011"></a> user manual.)
-</p><!--l. 1369--><p class="indent" >   If you use the <span 
+</p><!--l. 1370--><p class="indent" >   If you use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a 
  id="dx1-7012"></a> package, <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
@@ -2687,12 +2689,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">-C </span>option. Read the <span
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-7016"></a> manual for further
 details.
-</p><!--l. 1375--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1376--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 1375--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 1376--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:fixednames"></a>Changing the Fixed Names</h4>
-<!--l. 1378--><p class="noindent" >The fixed names are produced using the commands listed in <a 
+<!--l. 1379--><p class="noindent" >The fixed names are produced using the commands listed in <a 
 href="#tab:predefinednames">table&#x00A0;1.2</a>. If you aren&#8217;t
 using a language package such as <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
@@ -2751,7 +2753,7 @@ class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{babel}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1399--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span 
+<!--l. 1400--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
  id="dx1-8018"></a>&#8217;s caption hook mechanism. Note that if you pass the language
 options directly to <span 
@@ -2770,7 +2772,7 @@ instead.
    <div class="table">
                                                                   
                                                                   
-<!--l. 1407--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+<!--l. 1408--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="tab:predefinednames"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
 >
                                                                   
@@ -2789,22 +2791,22 @@ id="TBL-3-3" /></colgroup><tr
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-1-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-1"  
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Command Name     </span></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-2"  
-class="td11"> <!--l. 1413--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1414--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Translator</span>
  <span 
 class="cmbx-10">Key</span>
  <span 
 class="cmbx-10">Word</span>                     </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-3"  
-class="td10"> <!--l. 1414--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1415--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Purpose</span>                          </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-2-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-1"  
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossaryname</span><a 
  id="dx1-8024"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-2"  
-class="td11"> <!--l. 1415--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1416--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">Glossary</span>             </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-3"  
-class="td10"> <!--l. 1415--><p class="noindent" >Title
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1416--><p class="noindent" >Title
  of
  the
  main
@@ -2814,9 +2816,9 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1415--><p class="noindent" >Title
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymname</span><a 
  id="dx1-8025"></a>         </td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2"  
-class="td11"> <!--l. 1416--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1417--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">Acronyms</span>             </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3"  
-class="td10"> <!--l. 1416--><p class="noindent" >Title
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1417--><p class="noindent" >Title
  of
  the
  list
@@ -2835,11 +2837,11 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span><a 
  id="dx1-8027"></a>           </td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2"  
-class="td11"> <!--l. 1418--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1419--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">Notation</span>
  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3"  
-class="td10"> <!--l. 1419--><p class="noindent" >Header
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1420--><p class="noindent" >Header
  for
  first
  column
@@ -2861,11 +2863,11 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1419--><p class="noindent" >Header
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname</span><a 
  id="dx1-8028"></a>     </td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2"  
-class="td11"> <!--l. 1421--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1422--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">Description</span>
  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3"  
-class="td10"> <!--l. 1422--><p class="noindent" >Header
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1423--><p class="noindent" >Header
  for
  second
  column
@@ -2887,11 +2889,11 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1422--><p class="noindent" >Header
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span><a 
  id="dx1-8029"></a>          </td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2"  
-class="td11"> <!--l. 1424--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1425--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">Symbol</span>
  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3"  
-class="td10"> <!--l. 1424--><p class="noindent" >Header
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1425--><p class="noindent" >Header
  for
  symbol
  column
@@ -2910,13 +2912,13 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1424--><p class="noindent" >Header
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\pagelistname</span><a 
  id="dx1-8030"></a>        </td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-2"  
-class="td11"> <!--l. 1426--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1427--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">Page</span>
  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">List</span>
  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-3"  
-class="td10"> <!--l. 1427--><p class="noindent" >Header
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1428--><p class="noindent" >Header
  for
  page
  list
@@ -2935,11 +2937,11 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1427--><p class="noindent" >Header
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolsgroupname</span><a 
  id="dx1-8031"></a> </td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-2"  
-class="td11"> <!--l. 1429--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1430--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">Symbols</span>
  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-3"  
-class="td10"> <!--l. 1430--><p class="noindent" >Header
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1431--><p class="noindent" >Header
  for
  symbols
  section
@@ -2958,11 +2960,11 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1430--><p class="noindent" >Header
 class="td01"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnumbersgroupname</span><a 
  id="dx1-8032"></a> </td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-2"  
-class="td11"> <!--l. 1432--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td11"> <!--l. 1433--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">Numbers</span>
  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">(glossaries)</span>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-3"  
-class="td10"> <!--l. 1432--><p class="noindent" >Header
+class="td10"> <!--l. 1433--><p class="noindent" >Header
  for
  numbers
  section
@@ -2983,7 +2985,7 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 1432--><p class="noindent" >Header
                                                                   
    </div><hr class="endfloat" />
    </div>
-<!--l. 1438--><p class="indent" >   As from version 4.12, multilingual support is provided by separate language
+<!--l. 1439--><p class="indent" >   As from version 4.12, multilingual support is provided by separate language
 modules that need to be installed in addition to installing the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. You
 only need to install the modules for the languages that you require. If the language
@@ -2997,7 +2999,7 @@ dictionary files for <span
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>are now provided by the appropriate language module.
 For further details about information specific to a given language, please see the
 documentation for that language module.
-</p><!--l. 1450--><p class="indent" >   Examples of use: </p>
+</p><!--l. 1451--><p class="indent" >   Examples of use: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
      <li class="itemize">Using <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
@@ -3011,7 +3013,7 @@ class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
      &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{babel}
      &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1457--><p class="nopar" > (<span 
+     <!--l. 1458--><p class="nopar" > (<span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
  id="dx1-8036"></a> is automatically loaded).
      </p></li>
@@ -3025,7 +3027,7 @@ class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
      &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{babel}
      &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[translate=babel]{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1465--><p class="nopar" > (<span 
+     <!--l. 1466--><p class="nopar" > (<span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
  id="dx1-8038"></a> isn&#8217;t loaded).
      </p></li>
@@ -3040,7 +3042,7 @@ class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a
      &#x00A0;<br />\setmainlanguage{english}
      &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1474--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 1475--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></li>
      <li class="itemize">Using <span 
 class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a 
@@ -3052,10 +3054,10 @@ class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a
      &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{ngerman}
      &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1481--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 1482--><p class="nopar" >
 </p>
      </li></ul>
-<!--l. 1485--><p class="indent" >   Due to the varied nature of glossaries, it&#8217;s likely that the predefined translations
+<!--l. 1486--><p class="indent" >   Due to the varied nature of glossaries, it&#8217;s likely that the predefined translations
 may not be appropriate. If you are using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
  id="dx1-8041"></a> package and the <span 
@@ -3071,7 +3073,7 @@ own dictionary with the necessary modifications (using <span
 class="cmtt-10">\deftranslation</span>) and load it
 using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\usedictionary</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1494--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span 
+</p><!--l. 1495--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
  id="dx1-8044"></a> dictionaries are loaded at the beginning of the document,
 so it won&#8217;t have any effect if you put <span 
@@ -3083,8 +3085,8 @@ class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
 class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a 
  id="dx1-8046"></a> documentation.)
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 1501--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1503--><p class="indent" >   Your custom dictionary doesn&#8217;t have to be just a translation from English to
+</p><!--l. 1502--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1504--><p class="indent" >   Your custom dictionary doesn&#8217;t have to be just a translation from English to
 another language. You may prefer to have a dictionary for a particular type of
 document. For example, suppose your institution&#8217;s in-house reports have to have the
 glossary labelled as &#8220;Nomenclature&#8221; and the page list should be labelled &#8220;Location&#8221;,
@@ -3095,7 +3097,7 @@ then you can create a file called, say,
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15">
 myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict
 </div>
-<!--l. 1511--><p class="nopar" > that contains the following:
+<!--l. 1512--><p class="nopar" > that contains the following:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -3104,20 +3106,20 @@ myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict
 &#x00A0;<br />\deftranslation{Glossary}{Nomenclature}
 &#x00A0;<br />\deftranslation{Page&#x00A0;List&#x00A0;(glossaries)}{Location}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1517--><p class="nopar" > You can now load it using:
+<!--l. 1518--><p class="nopar" > You can now load it using:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17">
 \usedictionary{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1521--><p class="nopar" > (Make sure that <span 
+<!--l. 1522--><p class="nopar" > (Make sure that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict </span>can be found
 by <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>.) If you want to share your custom dictionary, you can upload it to
 <a 
 href="http://www.ctan.org/" >CTAN</a>.
-</p><!--l. 1526--><p class="indent" >   If you are using <span 
+</p><!--l. 1527--><p class="indent" >   If you are using <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
  id="dx1-8047"></a> and don&#8217;t want to use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
@@ -3137,8 +3139,8 @@ class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymname}{List&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Acronyms}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1539--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1541--><p class="indent" >   Note that <a 
+<!--l. 1540--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1542--><p class="indent" >   Note that <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-8050"></a></a> provides much better multi-lingual support than <a 
@@ -3157,7 +3159,7 @@ href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further
 </p>
    <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
  id="x1-90001.3.1"></a>Creating a New Language Module</h5>
-<!--l. 1550--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+<!--l. 1551--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package now uses the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a 
  id="dx1-9001"></a> package to determine which language
@@ -3165,7 +3167,7 @@ modules need to be loaded. If you want to create a new language module, you shou
 first read the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a 
  id="dx1-9002"></a> documentation.
-</p><!--l. 1555--><p class="indent" >   To create a new language module, you need to at least create two files:
+</p><!--l. 1556--><p class="indent" >   To create a new language module, you need to at least create two files:
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -3181,7 +3183,7 @@ class="cmti-10">Lang</span>&#x27E9; is the language name used by
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
  id="dx1-9003"></a> (for example, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">English</span>).
-</p><!--l. 1562--><p class="indent" >   Here&#8217;s an example of <span 
+</p><!--l. 1563--><p class="indent" >   Here&#8217;s an example of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span>:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -3197,7 +3199,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span>:
 &#x00A0;<br />\providetranslation{Symbols&#x00A0;(glossaries)}{Symbols}
 &#x00A0;<br />\providetranslation{Numbers&#x00A0;(glossaries)}{Numbers}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1574--><p class="nopar" > You can use this as a template for your dictionary file. Change <span 
+<!--l. 1575--><p class="nopar" > You can use this as a template for your dictionary file. Change <span 
 class="cmtt-10">English</span>
 to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
@@ -3208,7 +3210,7 @@ class="cmti-10">Lang</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">.dict</span>) and, for each <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\providetranslation</span>, change
 the second argument to the appropriate translation.
-</p><!--l. 1582--><p class="indent" >   Here&#8217;s an example of <span 
+</p><!--l. 1583--><p class="indent" >   Here&#8217;s an example of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-english.ldf</span>:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -3272,7 +3274,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossaries-english.ldf</span>:
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsacrpluralsuffix}{\glspluralsuffix}
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsupacrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1640--><p class="nopar" > This is a somewhat longer file, but again you can use it as a template. Replace
+<!--l. 1641--><p class="nopar" > This is a somewhat longer file, but again you can use it as a template. Replace
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">English </span>with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
@@ -3285,7 +3287,7 @@ class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;. Within the definition of
 class="cmtt-10">\glossariescaptions</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;, replace the English text (such as &#8220;Glossaries&#8221;) with the
 appropriate translation.
-</p><!--l. 1649--><p class="indent" >   <span 
+</p><!--l. 1650--><p class="indent" >   <span 
 class="cmbx-10">Note: </span>the suffixes used to generate the plural forms when the plural hasn&#8217;t
 been specified are given by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>(for general entries) and
@@ -3299,7 +3301,7 @@ acronym styles. These commands need to be set before the entry is defined and so
 definitions aren&#8217;t included in the caption mechanism as that&#8217;s not switched on until
 the start of the document. This means that the suffix in effect will be for the last
 loaded language.
-</p><!--l. 1660--><p class="indent" >   If you want to add a regional variation, create a file called <span 
+</p><!--l. 1661--><p class="indent" >   If you want to add a regional variation, create a file called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">iso</span>
 <span 
@@ -3335,15 +3337,15 @@ language file and make the appropriate changes, for example:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1685--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1687--><p class="indent" >   If the translations includes <a 
+<!--l. 1686--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1688--><p class="indent" >   If the translations includes <a 
 href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
  id="dx1-9006"></a>s</a>, it&#8217;s necessary to provide code
 that&#8217;s independent of the input encoding. Remember that while some users may use
 UTF-8, others may use Latin-1 or any other supported encoding, but while users
 won&#8217;t appreciate you enforcing your preference on them, it&#8217;s useful to provide a
 UTF-8 version for XeLaTeX&#x00A0;users.
-</p><!--l. 1694--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 1695--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish.ldf </span>file provides this as follows:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -3384,17 +3386,17 @@ class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish.ldf </span>file provides this as follows:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossariescaptionsirish
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1731--><p class="nopar" > (Again you can use this as a template. Replace <span 
+<!--l. 1732--><p class="nopar" > (Again you can use this as a template. Replace <span 
 class="cmtt-10">irish </span>with your root language label
 and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">Irish </span>with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">translator</span><a 
  id="dx1-9007"></a> dictionary label.)
-</p><!--l. 1736--><p class="indent" >   There are now two extra files: <span 
+</p><!--l. 1737--><p class="indent" >   There are now two extra files: <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish-noenc.ldf </span>and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-irish-utf8.ldf</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1739--><p class="indent" >   These both define <span 
+</p><!--l. 1740--><p class="indent" >   These both define <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossariescaptionsirish </span>but the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">*-noenc.ldf </span>uses
 <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
@@ -3429,21 +3431,21 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;accent commands:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1767--><p class="nopar" > whereas the <span 
+<!--l. 1768--><p class="nopar" > whereas the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">*-utf8.ldf </span>replaces the accent commands with the appropriate UTF-8
 characters.
-</p><!--l. 1772--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1773--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 1772--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 1773--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4   </span> <a 
  id="sec:makeglossaries"></a>Generating the Associated Glossary Files</h3>
-<!--l. 1775--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section is only applicable if you have chosen Options&#x00A0;<a 
+<!--l. 1776--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section is only applicable if you have chosen Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a>. You can ignore this
 section if you have chosen <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 1778--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1780--><p class="noindent" >If this section seriously confuses you, and you can&#8217;t work out how to run
+</p><!--l. 1779--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1781--><p class="noindent" >If this section seriously confuses you, and you can&#8217;t work out how to run
 <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
@@ -3457,7 +3459,7 @@ described in <a
 href="#sortingoptions"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>2.4 </a><a 
 href="#sortingoptions">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1785--><p class="indent" >   In order to generate a sorted glossary with compact <a 
+</p><!--l. 1786--><p class="indent" >   In order to generate a sorted glossary with compact <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
  id="dx1-10004"></a>s</a>, it is
 necessary to use an external <a 
@@ -3496,7 +3498,7 @@ href="#sec:xindy"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>11 </a><a 
 href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option
 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1801--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This is a multi-stage process, but there are methods of automating
+</p><!--l. 1802--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This is a multi-stage process, but there are methods of automating
 document compilation using applications such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">latexmk</span><a 
  id="dx1-10012"></a> and <span 
@@ -3506,8 +3508,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">arara</span><a
 href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/html/build.html" class="url" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/html/build.html</span></a> for more
 information. </div>
-</p><!--l. 1807--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1809--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 1808--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1810--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package comes with the Perl script <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
@@ -3542,7 +3544,7 @@ href="http://www.perl.org/about.html" class="url" ><span
 class="cmtt-10">http://www.perl.org/about.html</span></a> and <a 
 href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/158796/miktex-and-perl-scripts-and-one-python-script" >MiKTeX and Perl scripts (and one Python
 script)</a>.
-</p><!--l. 1824--><p class="indent" >   The advantages of using <span 
+</p><!--l. 1825--><p class="indent" >   The advantages of using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-10019"></a>: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
@@ -3582,12 +3584,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-10029"></a> messages.
      </li></ul>
-<!--l. 1842--><p class="indent" >   There is also a Java GUI alternative called <a 
+<!--l. 1843--><p class="indent" >   There is also a Java GUI alternative called <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossariesgui"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a 
  id="dx1-10030"></a></a>, distributed
 separately, that has diagnostic tools.
-</p><!--l. 1845--><p class="indent" >   Whilst it is strongly recommended that you use the <a 
+</p><!--l. 1846--><p class="indent" >   Whilst it is strongly recommended that you use the <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-10031"></a></a> script or
@@ -3606,7 +3608,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossariesgui</span><a
  id="dx1-10034"></a>. These are listed in
 <a 
 href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table&#x00A0;1.3</a>.
-</p><!--l. 1853--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you are choosing not to use <span 
+</p><!--l. 1854--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you are choosing not to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-10035"></a> because you don&#8217;t want to install
 Perl, you will only be able to use <span 
@@ -3615,8 +3617,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-10037"></a> also requires Perl.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 1857--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1859--><p class="indent" >   Note that if any of your entries use an entry that is not referenced outside the
+</p><!--l. 1858--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1860--><p class="indent" >   Note that if any of your entries use an entry that is not referenced outside the
 glossary, you will need to do an additional <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
@@ -3641,7 +3643,7 @@ href="#fn3x2" id="fn3x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.3</sup></a></span><a
 &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{orange}{name={orange},
 &#x00A0;<br />description={an&#x00A0;orange&#x00A0;coloured&#x00A0;fruit.}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1872--><p class="nopar" > and suppose you have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 1873--><p class="nopar" > and suppose you have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{citrusfruit}</span></span></span> in your document but don&#8217;t reference the
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">orange </span>entry, then the <span 
@@ -3669,8 +3671,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span>
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span>
    <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 1886--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
-</p><!--l. 1888--><p class="indent" >   Likewise, an additional <a 
+</p><!--l. 1887--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 1889--><p class="indent" >   Likewise, an additional <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-10046"></a></a> and <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
@@ -3682,7 +3684,7 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run may push glossary entries across pa
 <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
  id="dx1-10047"></a>s</a> in the glossary may need updating.
-</p><!--l. 1896--><p class="indent" >   The examples in this document assume that you are accessing <a 
+</p><!--l. 1897--><p class="indent" >   The examples in this document assume that you are accessing <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-10048"></a></a>,
@@ -3704,7 +3706,7 @@ class="cmss-10">All</span>
 class="cmss-10">Programs-</span><span 
 class="cmmi-10">&#x003E;</span><span 
 class="cmss-10">Accessories </span>menu.
-</p><!--l. 1902--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, your text editor may have the facility to create a function that will
+</p><!--l. 1903--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, your text editor may have the facility to create a function that will
 call the required application. The article <a 
 href="http://www.latex-community.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=263:glossaries-nomenclature-lists-of-symbols-and-acronyms&catid=55:latex-general&Itemid=114" >&#8220;Glossaries, Nomenclature, List of Symbols
 and Acronyms&#8221;</a> in the <a 
@@ -3720,7 +3722,7 @@ href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/" >&#8220;Using <span class="LA
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;to Write a PhD Thesis&#8221;</a>
 describes how to do it for TeXWorks. For other editors see the editor&#8217;s user manual for
 further details.
-</p><!--l. 1918--><p class="indent" >   If any problems occur, remember to check the transcript files (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
+</p><!--l. 1919--><p class="indent" >   If any problems occur, remember to check the transcript files (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glg</span><a 
  id="dx1-10051"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.alg</span><a 
@@ -3730,7 +3732,7 @@ for messages.
    <div class="table">
                                                                   
                                                                   
-<!--l. 1921--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+<!--l. 1922--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="tab:makeglossariesCmds"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
 >
                                                                   
@@ -3824,10 +3826,10 @@ class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9;             </td></tr></table>
                                                                   
    </div><hr class="endfloat" />
    </div>
-<!--l. 1944--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 1945--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:makeglossariesapp"></a>Using the makeglossaries Perl Script</h4>
-<!--l. 1947--><p class="noindent" >The <a 
+<!--l. 1948--><p class="noindent" >The <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-11001"></a></a> script picks up the relevant information from the auxiliary
@@ -3852,15 +3854,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span>
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span>
    <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">latex myDoc</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 1958--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 1959--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
 You may need to explicitly load <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-11006"></a></a> into Perl: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
    <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">perl makeglossaries myDoc</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 1962--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
-</p><!--l. 1964--><p class="indent" >   Windows users: TeX&#x00A0;Live on Windows has its own internal Perl interpreter and
+</p><!--l. 1963--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 1965--><p class="indent" >   Windows users: TeX&#x00A0;Live on Windows has its own internal Perl interpreter and
 provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries.exe </span>as a&#x00A0;convenient wrapper for the <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
@@ -3898,7 +3900,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-11010"></a></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 1985--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+</p><!--l. 1986--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-11011"></a></a> script attempts to fork the <a 
@@ -3931,7 +3933,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
 redirection. Without this redirection, the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-q </span>(quiet) switch doesn&#8217;t work as
 well.
-</p><!--l. 1997--><p class="indent" >   You can specify in which directory the <span 
+</p><!--l. 1998--><p class="indent" >   You can specify in which directory the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux</span><a 
  id="dx1-11017"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glo</span><a 
@@ -3944,7 +3946,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">pdflatex -output-directory myTmpDir myDoc</span>
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries -d myTmpDir myDoc</span></span>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 2003--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2004--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
 Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-11019"></a> assumes by default that <span 
@@ -3963,7 +3965,7 @@ class="cmti-10">path/to/xindy</span>&#x27E9; for
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-11023"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2010--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+</p><!--l. 2011--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-11024"></a></a> script contains POD (Plain Old Documentation). If you
@@ -3978,21 +3980,21 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>
 class="cmtt-10">--help </span>for a list of all options or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries --version </span>for the version
 number.
-</p><!--l. 2017--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When upgrading the <span 
+</p><!--l. 2018--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When upgrading the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, make sure you also upgrade your version
 of <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-11027"></a></a>. The current version is 2.15. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2021--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2024--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2022--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2025--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2024--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2025--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:xindyapp"></a>Using <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> explicitly (Option 3)</h4>
-<!--l. 2027--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2028--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">Xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-12001"></a></a> comes with <span class="TEX">T<span 
@@ -4003,7 +4005,7 @@ install it. See <a
 href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/71167/how-to-use-xindy-with-miktex" >How to use Xindy with MikTeX</a> on <a 
 href="http://www.stackexchange.com/" ><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;on StackExchange</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2033--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use <a 
+</p><!--l. 2034--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-12002"></a></a> to process the glossary files, you must make sure you
@@ -4016,7 +4018,7 @@ class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25">
 \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2038--><p class="nopar" > This is required regardless of whether you use <a 
+<!--l. 2039--><p class="nopar" > This is required regardless of whether you use <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-12004"></a></a> explicitly or whether it&#8217;s called
@@ -4035,7 +4037,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">-I</span>
 class="cmtt-10">xindy </span><span 
 class="cmti-10">not </span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">-I tex</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2045--><p class="indent" >   To run <a 
+</p><!--l. 2046--><p class="indent" >   To run <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-12008"></a></a> type the following in your terminal (all on one line): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
@@ -4054,7 +4056,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">base</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">base</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glo</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2049--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2050--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9; is the required language name, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">encoding</span>&#x27E9; is the encoding, &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -4081,15 +4083,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>. You
 may need to specify the full path name depending on the current working
 directory. If any of the file names contain spaces, you must delimit them using
 double-quotes.
-</p><!--l. 2060--><p class="indent" >   For example, if your document is called <span 
+</p><!--l. 2061--><p class="indent" >   For example, if your document is called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex </span>and you are using UTF8
 encoding in English, then type the following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
    <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls</span>
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">myDoc.glo</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2065--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
-</p><!--l. 2067--><p class="indent" >   Note that this just creates the main glossary. You need to do the same for each of
+</p><!--l. 2066--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2068--><p class="indent" >   Note that this just creates the main glossary. You need to do the same for each of
 the other glossaries (including the list of acronyms if you have used the <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-12014"></a>
@@ -4108,12 +4110,12 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
 class="cmtt-10">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr</span>
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">myDoc.acn</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2076--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2077--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
 For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the
 glossary with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a 
  id="dx1-12019"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2080--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you use <a 
+</p><!--l. 2081--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you use <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-12020"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to
@@ -4125,7 +4127,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
  id="dx1-12022"></a>: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
    <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2085--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2086--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
 Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you
 use <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
@@ -4137,14 +4139,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
 href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table&#x00A0;1.3</a>.
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 2093--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2094--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2093--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2094--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:makeindexapp"></a>Using <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> explicitly (Option 2)</h4>
-<!--l. 2096--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a 
+<!--l. 2097--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-13001"></a></a> explicitly, you must make sure that you haven&#8217;t used
@@ -4164,7 +4166,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">base</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">base</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glo</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2103--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2104--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">base</span>&#x27E9; is the name of your document without the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.tex</span><a 
@@ -4190,12 +4192,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">-l </span>(letter ordering). See the <span
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-13009"></a> manual for further
 details.
-</p><!--l. 2112--><p class="indent" >   For example, if your document is called <span 
+</p><!--l. 2113--><p class="indent" >   For example, if your document is called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>, then type the following at the
 terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
    <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2116--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2117--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
 Note that this only creates the main glossary. If you have additional glossaries (for
 example, if you have used the <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
@@ -4216,12 +4218,12 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
 following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
    <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2127--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2128--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
 For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the
 glossary with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a 
  id="dx1-13016"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2131--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you use <a 
+</p><!--l. 2132--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you use <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-13017"></a></a> instead, you can replace all those calls to
@@ -4233,7 +4235,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
  id="dx1-13019"></a>: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
    <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries myDoc</span></span>
-</p><!--l. 2136--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
+</p><!--l. 2137--><p class="indent" >   <spacer type=vertical size=10>
 Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
@@ -4243,12 +4245,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
  id="dx1-13021"></a></a>. These are listed in
 <a 
 href="#tab:makeglossariesCmds">table&#x00A0;1.3</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2143--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2144--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2143--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2144--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.4.4   </span> <a 
  id="sec:notedev"></a>Note to Front-End and Script Developers</h4>
-<!--l. 2146--><p class="noindent" >The information needed to determine whether to use <a 
+<!--l. 2147--><p class="noindent" >The information needed to determine whether to use <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-14001"></a></a> or <a 
@@ -4259,8 +4261,8 @@ information needed to call those applications is stored in the auxiliary file. T
 information can be gathered by a front-end, editor or script to make the glossaries
 where appropriate. This section describes how the information is stored in the
 auxiliary file.
-</p><!--l. 2153--><p class="indent" >   The file extensions used by each defined glossary are given by
-</p><!--l. 2154--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2154--><p class="indent" >   The file extensions used by each defined glossary are given by
+</p><!--l. 2155--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\@newglossary</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14003"></a> <span 
@@ -4275,7 +4277,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">in-ext</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 2156--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2157--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">in-ext</span>&#x27E9; is the extension of the <a 
 href="#glo:indexingapp"><span 
@@ -4298,17 +4300,17 @@ written as:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">
 \@newglossary{main}{glg}{gls}{glo}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2169--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2171--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+<!--l. 2170--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2172--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
 href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application&#8217;s</a> style file is specified by
-</p><!--l. 2172--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2173--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\@istfilename</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14004"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@istfilename{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">filename</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2175--><p class="noindent" >
 The file extension indicates whether to use <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
@@ -4323,25 +4325,25 @@ class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a
 that the glossary information is formatted differently depending on which
 indexing application is supposed to be used, so it&#8217;s important to call the correct
 one.
-</p><!--l. 2181--><p class="indent" >   Word or letter ordering is specified by:
-</p><!--l. 2182--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2182--><p class="indent" >   Word or letter ordering is specified by:
+</p><!--l. 2183--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\@glsorder</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14009"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@glsorder{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">order</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2184--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2185--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">order</span>&#x27E9; can be either <span 
 class="cmtt-10">word </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">letter</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2187--><p class="indent" >   If <a 
+</p><!--l. 2188--><p class="indent" >   If <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-14010"></a></a> should be used, the language and code page for each glossary is specified
 by
-</p><!--l. 2189--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2190--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\@xdylanguage</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14011"></a><span class="marginpar"><span 
@@ -4359,7 +4361,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2192--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2193--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; identifies the glossary, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9; is the root language (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
@@ -4371,10 +4373,10 @@ href="#glo:makeindex"><span
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-14013"></a></a> should be
 used.
-</p><!--l. 2198--><p class="indent" >   If <a 
+</p><!--l. 2199--><p class="indent" >   If <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> has been used, the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file will contain
-</p><!--l. 2200--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2201--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@gls@reference{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -4382,16 +4384,16 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2201--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2202--><p class="noindent" >
 for every time an entry has been referenced.
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 2204--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 2204--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2205--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 2205--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">2. <a 
  id="sec:pkgopts"></a>Package Options</h2>
-</p><!--l. 2207--><p class="indent" >   This section describes the available <span 
+</p><!--l. 2208--><p class="indent" >   This section describes the available <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package options. You may
 omit the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">=true </span>for boolean options. (For example, <span 
@@ -4400,7 +4402,7 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym=true</span><a 
  id="dx1-15002"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 2211--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 2212--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; package options can&#8217;t be passed via the document class
 options. (This includes options where the &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -4415,9 +4417,9 @@ class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; (such as <span
 class="cmss-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-15004"></a>) may be passed via the document class
 options. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2218--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2219--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2220--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2221--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1   </span> <a 
  id="generaloptions"></a>General Options</h3>
      <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -4479,7 +4481,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a
 href="#sec:newglossary"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>12 </a><a 
 href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>).
-     <!--l. 2248--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don&#8217;t use the main glossary and you don&#8217;t use this option, <a 
+     <!--l. 2249--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don&#8217;t use the main glossary and you don&#8217;t use this option, <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-16012"></a></a>
@@ -4529,7 +4531,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;glossary.</span>
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-16013"></a>. </div>
-     <!--l. 2261--><p class="noindent" >
+     <!--l. 2262--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">sanitizesort</span><a 
@@ -4545,7 +4547,7 @@ href="#glo:sanitize">sanitize<a
      \newglossaryentry{hash}{name={\#},sort={#},
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={hash&#x00A0;symbol}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2270--><p class="nopar" > The sort value (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+     <!--l. 2271--><p class="nopar" > The sort value (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span>) must be sanitized before writing it to the glossary file,
      otherwise <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;will try to interpret it as a parameter reference. If, on the
@@ -4561,13 +4563,13 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;will try to interpret it as a parameter
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={\mysortvalue},
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={an&#x00A0;example}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2282--><p class="nopar" > and you actually want <span 
+     <!--l. 2283--><p class="nopar" > and you actually want <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\mysortvalue </span>expanded, so that the entry is sorted
      according to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">AAA</span>, then use the package option <span 
 class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a 
  id="dx1-16016"></a>.
-     </p><!--l. 2287--><p class="noindent" >The default for Options&#x00A0;<a 
+     </p><!--l. 2288--><p class="noindent" >The default for Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a> is <span 
 class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a 
@@ -4596,16 +4598,16 @@ class="cmss-10">savewrites</span><a
      <span 
 class="cmss-10">etex</span><a 
  id="dx1-16022"></a>.
-     <!--l. 2301--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option can significantly slow document compilation. As an alternative, you
+     <!--l. 2302--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option can significantly slow document compilation. As an alternative, you
      can use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">scrwfile</span><a 
  id="dx1-16023"></a> package (part of the KOMA-Script bundle) and not use this
      option. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 2305--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 2307--><p class="noindent" >You can also reduce the number of write registers by using <a 
+     </p><!--l. 2306--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 2308--><p class="noindent" >You can also reduce the number of write registers by using <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> or by
      ensuring you define all your glossary entries in the preamble.
-     </p><!--l. 2311--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span class="TEX">T<span 
+     </p><!--l. 2312--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#8217;s <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\write18</span><a 
  id="dx1-16024"></a> mechanism to call <a 
@@ -4637,8 +4639,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\relax </span>before the end of the document to avoid rewriting
      &#x00A0;<br />-t&#x00A0;\jobname.glg&#x00A0;-o&#x00A0;\jobname.gls&#x00A0;\jobname}
      &#x00A0;<br />\let\glswritefiles\relax
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2323--><p class="nopar" > </div>
-     </p><!--l. 2324--><p class="noindent" >
+     <!--l. 2324--><p class="nopar" > </div>
+     </p><!--l. 2325--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">translate</span><a 
@@ -4704,7 +4706,7 @@ class="cmss-10">translator</span><a
          <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-babel</span><a 
  id="dx1-16049"></a>.
-         <!--l. 2349--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> I recommend you use <span 
+         <!--l. 2350--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> I recommend you use <span 
 class="cmss-10">translate=babel</span><a 
  id="dx1-16050"></a> if you have any problems with the
          translations or with PDF bookmarks, but to maintain backward
@@ -4714,10 +4716,10 @@ class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
 class="cmss-10">translate=true</span><a 
  id="dx1-16052"></a>.
          </div>
-         </p><!--l. 2354--><p class="noindent" >
+         </p><!--l. 2355--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
          </dd></dl>
-     <!--l. 2358--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
+     <!--l. 2359--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
 class="cmss-10">translate</span><a 
  id="dx1-16053"></a> is specified without a value, <span 
 class="cmss-10">translate=true</span><a 
@@ -4738,7 +4740,7 @@ class="cmss-10">translate=false</span><a
  id="dx1-16060"></a> is assumed.
                                                                   
                                                                   
-     </p><!--l. 2364--><p class="noindent" >See <a 
+     </p><!--l. 2365--><p class="noindent" >See <a 
 href="#sec:fixednames"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>1.3.1 </a><a 
 href="#sec:fixednames">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> for further details.
@@ -4768,18 +4770,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{glossaries}
      &#x00A0;<br />\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2380--><p class="nopar" > The values must be fully expanded, so <span 
+     <!--l. 2381--><p class="nopar" > The values must be fully expanded, so <span 
 class="cmbx-10">don&#8217;t </span>try <span 
 class="cmtt-10">nohypertypes=\acronymtype</span><a 
  id="dx1-16065"></a>.
      You may also use
-     </p><!--l. 2384--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 2385--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><a 
  id="dx1-16066"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 2385--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 2386--><p class="noindent" >
      instead or additionally. See <a 
 href="#sec:glslink"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>6 </a><a 
@@ -4822,7 +4824,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a 
  id="dx1-16076"></a>).
-     <!--l. 2401--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     <!--l. 2402--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><a 
  id="dx1-16077"></a> setting applies to all glossary types (unless identified by
      <span 
@@ -4835,7 +4837,7 @@ class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a
  id="dx1-16080"></a> key when referencing
      an entry (or by using the plus or starred version of the referencing
      command).
-     </p><!--l. 2408--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you only want to apply this to just the acronyms (where the first
+     </p><!--l. 2409--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you only want to apply this to just the acronyms (where the first
      use explains the meaning of the acronym) but not for ordinary glossary entries
      (where the first use is identical to subsequent uses). In this case, you can use
      <span 
@@ -4852,14 +4854,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall </span>to all the regular (non-acronym)
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;at&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;end&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;preamble
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsunsetall[main]
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2420--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p><!--l. 2422--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively you can redefine the hook
-     </p><!--l. 2423--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 2421--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p><!--l. 2423--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively you can redefine the hook
+     </p><!--l. 2424--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16082"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 2425--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 2426--><p class="noindent" >
      which is used by the commands that check the <a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
@@ -4891,8 +4893,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}%
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2441--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p><!--l. 2443--><p class="noindent" >Note that this hook isn&#8217;t used by the commands that don&#8217;t check the <a 
+     <!--l. 2442--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p><!--l. 2444--><p class="noindent" >Note that this hook isn&#8217;t used by the commands that don&#8217;t check the <a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use
      flag</a>, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a 
@@ -4918,9 +4920,9 @@ href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary
      Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>.) This is always true if you use <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>.
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 2455--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2456--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2455--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2456--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2   </span> <a 
  id="sectioningheadingsandtocoptions"></a>Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options</h3>
      <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -4931,19 +4933,19 @@ class="description">Add the glossaries to the table of contents. Note that an ex
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run is
      required with this option. Alternatively, you can switch this function on and off
      using
-     <!--l. 2462--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 2463--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glstoctrue</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-17002"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstoctrue </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 2464--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 2465--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 2466--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 2467--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glstocfalse</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-17003"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstocfalse </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 2468--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 2469--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">numberline</span><a 
@@ -4985,40 +4987,40 @@ class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; option. Its value should be the name of a s
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
      \usepackage[section=subsection]{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2486--><p class="nopar" > You can omit the value if you want to use sections, i.e.&#x00A0;
+     <!--l. 2487--><p class="nopar" > You can omit the value if you want to use sections, i.e.&#x00A0;
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">
      \usepackage[section]{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2490--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
+     <!--l. 2491--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
      \usepackage[section=section]{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2494--><p class="nopar" > You can change this value later in the document using
-     </p><!--l. 2496--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 2495--><p class="nopar" > You can change this value later in the document using
+     </p><!--l. 2497--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\setglossarysection</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-17012"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setglossarysection{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 2498--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 2499--><p class="noindent" >
      where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the sectional unit.
-     </p><!--l. 2501--><p class="noindent" >The start of each glossary adds information to the page header via
-     </p><!--l. 2502--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 2502--><p class="noindent" >The start of each glossary adds information to the page header via
+     </p><!--l. 2503--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsglossarymark</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-17013"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary title</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 2504--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 2505--><p class="noindent" >
      By default this uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@mkboth</span><span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x3" id="fn1x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a 
@@ -5031,20 +5033,20 @@ href="#fn1x3" id="fn1x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
      \renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{\markright{#1}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2511--><p class="nopar" > or to prevent it from changing the headers:
+     <!--l. 2512--><p class="nopar" > or to prevent it from changing the headers:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">
      \renewcommand{\glsglossarymark}[1]{}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2515--><p class="nopar" > If you want <span 
+     <!--l. 2516--><p class="nopar" > If you want <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase </span>in the header, use the
      <span 
 class="cmss-10">ucmark</span><a 
  id="dx1-17017"></a> option described below.
-     </p><!--l. 2519--><p class="noindent" >Occasionally you may find that another package defines
+     </p><!--l. 2520--><p class="noindent" >Occasionally you may find that another package defines
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cleardoublepage </span>when it is not required. This may cause an unwanted blank
      page to appear before each glossary. This can be fixed by redefining
@@ -5059,7 +5061,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsclearpage</span>:
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">
      \renewcommand*{\glsclearpage}{\clearpage}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2525--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 2526--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">ucmark</span><a 
@@ -5080,7 +5082,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\MakeTextUppercase</span><a
 href="#fn2x3" id="fn2x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.2</sup></a></span><a 
  id="x1-17025f2"></a>.
      You can test whether this option has been set or not using
-     <!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 2539--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ifglsucmark</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-17030"></a> <span 
@@ -5089,7 +5091,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">\else </span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\fi </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 2540--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 2541--><p class="noindent" >
      For example:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -5102,7 +5104,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\fi </span></div><hr>
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\markright{#1}%
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2549--><p class="nopar" > If <span 
+     <!--l. 2550--><p class="nopar" > If <span 
 class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a 
  id="dx1-17031"></a> has been loaded and <span 
 class="cmss-10">ucfirst</span><a 
@@ -5146,13 +5148,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\section</span>) and is assigned a label (via <span
 class="cmtt-10">\label</span><a 
  id="dx1-17040"></a>). The label is formed
          from
-         <!--l. 2570--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+         <!--l. 2571--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsautoprefix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-17041"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9; </div><hr>
-         </p><!--l. 2572--><p class="noindent" >
+         </p><!--l. 2573--><p class="noindent" >
          where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; is the label identifying that glossary. The default value
          of <span 
@@ -5166,7 +5168,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
          \usepackage[section,numberedsection=autolabel]
          &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{glossaries}
 </div>
-         <!--l. 2580--><p class="nopar" > then each glossary will appear in a numbered section, and can be
+         <!--l. 2581--><p class="nopar" > then each glossary will appear in a numbered section, and can be
          referenced using something like:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -5175,7 +5177,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
          The&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;section~\ref{main}&#x00A0;and
          &#x00A0;<br />the&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;section~\ref{acronym}.
 </div>
-         <!--l. 2586--><p class="nopar" > If you can&#8217;t decide whether to have the acronyms in the main glossary or a
+         <!--l. 2587--><p class="nopar" > If you can&#8217;t decide whether to have the acronyms in the main glossary or a
          separate list of acronyms, you can use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a 
  id="dx1-17042"></a> which is set to <span 
@@ -5193,7 +5195,7 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
          <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
          The&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;section~\ref{\acronymtype}.
 </div>
-         <!--l. 2594--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine the prefix if the default label clashes with another label in
+         <!--l. 2595--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine the prefix if the default label clashes with another label in
          your document. For example:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -5201,7 +5203,7 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
          <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
          \renewcommand*{\glsautoprefix}{glo:}
 </div>
-         <!--l. 2600--><p class="nopar" > will add <span 
+         <!--l. 2601--><p class="nopar" > will add <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glo: </span>to the automatically generated label, so you can then, for
          example, refer to the list of acronyms as follows:
                                                                   
@@ -5211,7 +5213,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">glo: </span>to the automatically generated label, so you can the
          The&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in
          &#x00A0;<br />section~\ref{glo:\acronymtype}.
 </div>
-         <!--l. 2606--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are undecided on a prefix:
+         <!--l. 2607--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are undecided on a prefix:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -5219,7 +5221,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">glo: </span>to the automatically generated label, so you can the
          The&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;acronyms&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;in
          &#x00A0;<br />section~\ref{\glsautoprefix\acronymtype}.
 </div>
-         <!--l. 2611--><p class="nopar" >
+         <!--l. 2612--><p class="nopar" >
          </p></li>
          <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nameref</span><a 
@@ -5240,16 +5242,16 @@ class="cmss-10">nameref</span><a
          \usepackage{nameref}
          &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[numberedsection=nameref]{glossaries}
 </div>
-         <!--l. 2620--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+         <!--l. 2621--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\nameref{main}</span></span></span> will display the (TOC) section title associated with
          the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary. As above, you can redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsautoprefix </span>to provide a
          prefix for the label.</p></li></ul>
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 2628--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2629--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2628--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2629--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3   </span> <a 
  id="glossaryappearanceoptions"></a>Glossary Appearance Options</h3>
      <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -5267,19 +5269,19 @@ class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
  id="dx1-18003"></a><a 
  id="dx1-18004"></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span>.
-     <!--l. 2638--><p class="noindent" >If you use this option, you can reference the entry number within the document
+     <!--l. 2639--><p class="noindent" >If you use this option, you can reference the entry number within the document
      using
-     </p><!--l. 2640--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 2641--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsrefentry</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-18005"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 2642--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 2643--><p class="noindent" >
      where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the label associated with that glossary entry.
-     </p><!--l. 2645--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
+     </p><!--l. 2646--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span>, you must run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;twice after creating the
      glossary files using <a 
@@ -5293,7 +5295,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-18008"></a></a> to ensure the
      cross-references are up-to-date. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 2650--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 2651--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">counterwithin</span><a 
@@ -5309,7 +5311,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a
  id="dx1-18011"></a>
      counter will be reset every time &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; is incremented.
-     <!--l. 2659--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span 
+     <!--l. 2660--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-18012"></a> counter isn&#8217;t automatically reset at the start of each glossary,
      except when glossary section numbering is on and the counter used by
@@ -5317,19 +5319,19 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a
 class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span><a 
  id="dx1-18013"></a> is the same as the counter used in the glossary&#8217;s sectioning
      command. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 2664--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 2665--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
                                                                   
-     </p><!--l. 2666--><p class="noindent" >If you want the counter reset at the start of each glossary, you can redefine
+     </p><!--l. 2667--><p class="noindent" >If you want the counter reset at the start of each glossary, you can redefine
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><a 
  id="dx1-18014"></a> to use
-     </p><!--l. 2668--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 2669--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsresetentrycounter</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-18015"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsresetentrycounter </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 2670--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 2671--><p class="noindent" >
      which sets <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-18016"></a> to zero:
@@ -5341,7 +5343,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaryentry</span><a
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsresetentrycounter
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2676--><p class="nopar" > or if you are using <span 
+     <!--l. 2677--><p class="nopar" > or if you are using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span><a 
  id="dx1-18017"></a>, add it to each glossary preamble, as
      required. For example:
@@ -5358,7 +5360,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span><a
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;The&#x00A0;preamble&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;here&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;glossary.
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2688--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 2689--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">subentrycounter</span><a 
@@ -5405,11 +5407,11 @@ class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a
 class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
  id="dx1-18029"></a>. Alternatively, you can
      set the style using
-     <!--l. 2708--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+     <!--l. 2709--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">style name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 2709--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 2710--><p class="noindent" >
      (See <a 
 href="#sec:styles"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>15 </a><a 
@@ -5515,7 +5517,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
      &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossary-mcols}
      &#x00A0;<br />\setglossarystyle{mcoltree}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2756--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 2757--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">nonumberlist</span><a 
@@ -5597,9 +5599,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">true</span>, this option suppresses the default vertical gap bet
 class="cmss-10">nogroupskip=false</span><a 
  id="dx1-18069"></a>.
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 2790--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2791--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2790--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2791--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4   </span> <a 
  id="sortingoptions"></a>Sorting Options</h3>
                                                                   
@@ -5627,7 +5629,7 @@ class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a
 class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a 
  id="dx1-19005"></a> if you want to set this sort method for <span 
 class="cmti-10">all </span>your glossaries.
-     <!--l. 2804--><p class="noindent" >This is a &#x27E8;<span 
+     <!--l. 2805--><p class="noindent" >This is a &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; option where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; may be one of the following:
@@ -5662,20 +5664,20 @@ class="cmss-10">use</span><a
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-19014"></a> key in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is ignored).
-         <!--l. 2820--><p class="noindent" >Both <span 
+         <!--l. 2821--><p class="noindent" >Both <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a 
  id="dx1-19015"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a 
  id="dx1-19016"></a> set the sort key to a six digit number
          via
-         </p><!--l. 2822--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+         </p><!--l. 2823--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glssortnumberfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19017"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssortnumberfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">number</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-         </p><!--l. 2824--><p class="noindent" >
+         </p><!--l. 2825--><p class="noindent" >
          (padded with leading zeros, where necessary). This can be redefined, if
          required, before the entries are defined (in the case of <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a 
@@ -5683,11 +5685,11 @@ class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a
          the entries are used (in the case of <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a 
  id="dx1-19019"></a>).</p></li></ul>
-     <!--l. 2831--><p class="noindent" >The default is <span 
+     <!--l. 2832--><p class="noindent" >The default is <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort=standard</span><a 
  id="dx1-19020"></a>. When the standard sort option is in use, you can
      hook into the sort mechanism by redefining:
-     </p><!--l. 2834--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 2835--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsprestandardsort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19021"></a> <span 
@@ -5699,7 +5701,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 2836--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 2837--><p class="noindent" >
      where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>&#x27E9; is a temporary control sequence that stores the sort value (which
      was either explicitly set via the <span 
@@ -5716,12 +5718,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
  id="dx1-19025"></a></a> special characters is performed. By
      default <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>just does:
-     </p><!--l. 2842--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 2843--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsdosanitizesort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19026"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdosanitizesort </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 2844--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 2845--><p class="noindent" >
      which <a 
 href="#glo:sanitize">sanitize<a 
  id="dx1-19027"></a>s</a> &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -5731,7 +5733,7 @@ class="cmss-10">sanitizesort</span><a
      the package option <span 
 class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a 
  id="dx1-19029"></a> is used).
-     </p><!--l. 2849--><p class="noindent" >The other arguments, &#x27E8;<span 
+     </p><!--l. 2850--><p class="noindent" >The other arguments, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, are the glossary type and the
      entry label for the current entry. Note that &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -5743,7 +5745,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
  id="dx1-19030"></a>.
                                                                   
                                                                   
-     </p><!--l. 2854--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Redefining <span 
+     </p><!--l. 2855--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Redefining <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>won&#8217;t affect any entries that have already
      been defined and will have no effect at all if you are using <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a 
@@ -5751,16 +5753,16 @@ class="cmss-10">sort=def</span><a
 class="cmss-10">sort=use</span><a 
  id="dx1-19032"></a>.
      </div>
-     </p><!--l. 2858--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 2859--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="x1-19033r1"></a>
-     </p><!--l. 2860--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+     </p><!--l. 2861--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 1</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Mixing Alphabetical and Order of Definition</span>
      <span 
 class="cmbx-12">Sorting)</span><a 
  id="x1-19034"></a>
-     </p><!--l. 2861--><p class="noindent" >Suppose I have three glossaries: <span 
+     </p><!--l. 2862--><p class="noindent" >Suppose I have three glossaries: <span 
 class="cmtt-10">main</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">notation</span>, and let&#8217;s suppose
@@ -5769,7 +5771,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">main </span>and <span
 class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossaries to be sorted alphabetically, but the
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">notation </span>type should be sorted in order of definition.
-     </p><!--l. 2867--><p class="noindent" >For <a 
+     </p><!--l. 2868--><p class="noindent" >For <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, I&#x00A0;just need to set the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-19035"></a> key in the optional argument of
@@ -5784,8 +5786,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
      &#x00A0;<br />\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=word]
      &#x00A0;<br />\printnoidxglossary[type=notation,sort=def]
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2873--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p><!--l. 2875--><p class="noindent" >For Options&#x00A0;<a 
+     <!--l. 2874--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p><!--l. 2876--><p class="noindent" >For Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a>, I can set the sort to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">standard </span>(which is the default, but can
@@ -5806,7 +5808,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>to check for the glossary
 class="cmti-10">sort cs</span>&#x27E9; if &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; is <span 
 class="cmtt-10">notation</span>.
-     </p><!--l. 2885--><p class="noindent" >The first option can be achieved as follows:
+     </p><!--l. 2886--><p class="noindent" >The first option can be achieved as follows:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -5817,7 +5819,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">notation</span>.
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\edef#1{\glssortnumberfmt{\arabic{sortcount}}}%
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2893--><p class="nopar" > The second option can be achieved as follows:
+     <!--l. 2894--><p class="nopar" > The second option can be achieved as follows:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -5834,7 +5836,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">notation</span>.
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2908--><p class="nopar" > (<span 
+     <!--l. 2909--><p class="nopar" > (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstring </span>is defined by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
  id="dx1-19038"></a> package.) For a complete document,
@@ -5843,17 +5845,17 @@ href="#x1-5096r30"><span
 class="cmtt-10">sampleSort.tex</span></a>. </p>
      <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 2911--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2911--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 2912--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2912--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
 <a 
  id="x1-19039r2"></a>
-     <!--l. 2913--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+     <!--l. 2914--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 2</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Customizing Standard Sort (Options 2 or</span>
      <span 
 class="cmbx-12">3))</span><a 
  id="x1-19040"></a>
-     </p><!--l. 2914--><p class="noindent" >Suppose you want a glossary of people and you want the names listed as
+     </p><!--l. 2915--><p class="noindent" >Suppose you want a glossary of people and you want the names listed as
      &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">first-name</span>&#x27E9; &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">surname</span>&#x27E9; in the glossary, but you want the names sorted by
@@ -5871,7 +5873,7 @@ class="cmss-10">name</span><a
      the entry, but hook into the standard sort mechanism to temporarily redefine
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\name </span>while the sort value is being set.
-     </p><!--l. 2923--><p class="noindent" >First, define two commands to set the person&#8217;s name:
+     </p><!--l. 2924--><p class="noindent" >First, define two commands to set the person&#8217;s name:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -5879,7 +5881,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\name </span>while the sort value is being set.
      \newcommand{\sortname}[2]{#2,&#x00A0;#1}
      &#x00A0;<br />\newcommand{\textname}[2]{#1&#x00A0;#2}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2927--><p class="nopar" > and <span 
+     <!--l. 2928--><p class="nopar" > and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\name </span>needs to be initialised to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textname</span>:
                                                                   
@@ -5888,7 +5890,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\textname</span>:
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">
      \let\name\textname
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2931--><p class="nopar" > Now redefine <span 
+     <!--l. 2932--><p class="nopar" > Now redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsprestandardsort </span>so that it temporarily sets <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\name </span>to
      <span 
@@ -5909,10 +5911,10 @@ class="cmti-10">surname</span>&#x27E9; in the text:
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsdosanitizesort
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2943--><p class="nopar" > (The somewhat complicate use of <span 
+     <!--l. 2944--><p class="nopar" > (The somewhat complicate use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\expandafter </span>etc helps to protect fragile
      commands, but care is still needed.)
-     </p><!--l. 2947--><p class="noindent" >Now the entries can be defined:
+     </p><!--l. 2948--><p class="noindent" >Now the entries can be defined:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -5922,13 +5924,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\expandafter </span>etc helps to protect fragile
      &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{johnsmith}{name={\name{John}{Smith}},
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={some&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;John&#x00A0;Smith}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2954--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a 
+     <!--l. 2955--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a 
 href="#x1-5095r29"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">samplePeople.tex</span></a>. </p>
      <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 2956--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2956--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 2957--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2957--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
      </dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">order</span><a 
@@ -5938,15 +5940,15 @@ class="cmss-10">word</span><a
  id="dx1-19043"></a> or <span 
 class="cmss-10">letter</span><a 
  id="dx1-19044"></a>. The default is word ordering.
-     <!--l. 2962--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span 
+     <!--l. 2963--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span 
 class="cmss-10">order</span><a 
  id="dx1-19045"></a> option has no effect if you don&#8217;t use <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-19046"></a></a>.
      </div>
-     </p><!--l. 2965--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 2967--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a 
+     </p><!--l. 2966--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 2968--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, this setting will be used if you use <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-19047"></a><span 
@@ -5960,7 +5962,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">
      \printnoidxglossary[sort=standard]
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2972--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can specify the order for individual glossaries:
+     <!--l. 2973--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can specify the order for individual glossaries:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -5968,7 +5970,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
      \printnoidxglossary[sort=word]
      &#x00A0;<br />\printnoidxglossary[type=acronym,sort=letter]
 </div>
-     <!--l. 2977--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 2978--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">makeindex</span><a 
@@ -5996,7 +5998,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
      given a&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a 
  id="dx1-19056"></a> extension.
-     <!--l. 2987--><p class="noindent" >You may omit this package option if you are using <a 
+     <!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" >You may omit this package option if you are using <a 
 href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a> as this is the
      default. It&#8217;s available in case you need to override the effect of an earlier
      occurrence of <span 
@@ -6029,7 +6031,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
 class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a 
  id="dx1-19065"></a>
      extension.
-     <!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" >This package option may additionally have a value that is a &#x27E8;<span 
+     <!--l. 2999--><p class="noindent" >This package option may additionally have a value that is a &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9;
      comma-separated list to override the language and codepage. For example:
@@ -6040,7 +6042,7 @@ class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9;
      \usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3004--><p class="nopar" > You can also specify whether you want a number group in the glossary. This
+     <!--l. 3005--><p class="nopar" > You can also specify whether you want a number group in the glossary. This
      defaults to true, but can be suppressed. For example:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -6048,7 +6050,7 @@ class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9;
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
      \usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3009--><p class="nopar" > If no value is supplied to this package option (either simply writing <span 
+     <!--l. 3010--><p class="nopar" > If no value is supplied to this package option (either simply writing <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>or
      writing <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy={}</span></span></span>) then the language, codepage and number group settings are
@@ -6108,7 +6110,7 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;distributions
      disable it completely, in which case this option won&#8217;t have an effect. (If this
      option doesn&#8217;t appear to work, search the log file for &#8220;runsystem&#8221; and see if it is
      followed by &#8220;enabled&#8221; or &#8220;disabled&#8221;.)
-     <!--l. 3035--><p class="noindent" >Some distributions allow <span 
+     <!--l. 3036--><p class="noindent" >Some distributions allow <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\write18 </span>in a restricted mode. This mode
      has a&#x00A0;limited number of trusted applications, which usually includes
      <a 
@@ -6127,7 +6129,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-19080"></a></a>.
-     </p><!--l. 3041--><p class="noindent" >However even in unrestricted mode this option may not work with <span 
+     </p><!--l. 3042--><p class="noindent" >However even in unrestricted mode this option may not work with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-19081"></a> as
      <span 
@@ -6142,7 +6144,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
      Note that you still need at least two <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;runs to ensure the document is
      up-to-date with this setting.
-     </p><!--l. 3048--><p class="noindent" >Since this package option attempts to run the <a 
+     </p><!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" >Since this package option attempts to run the <a 
 href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application</a> on every
      <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run, its use should be considered a last resort for those who can&#8217;t work
@@ -6154,9 +6156,9 @@ class="cmss-10">automake=false</span><a
      </dd></dl>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-<!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5   </span> <a 
  id="acronymoptions"></a>Acronym Options</h3>
      <dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -6171,15 +6173,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>. This is equivalent
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
      \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3064--><p class="nopar" > It will also define
-     </p><!--l. 3066--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3065--><p class="nopar" > It will also define
+     </p><!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printacronyms</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-20002"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printacronyms[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3068--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3069--><p class="noindent" >
      that&#8217;s equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
@@ -6193,7 +6195,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">]</span>
      or the package option <span 
 class="cmss-10">compatible-3.07</span><a 
  id="dx1-20004"></a> is used).
-     <!--l. 3076--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a 
+     <!--l. 3077--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you need to use </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
@@ -6204,7 +6206,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div>
      </div> to display the list of acronyms.
-     <!--l. 3082--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
+     <!--l. 3083--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-20006"></a> package option is used, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a 
@@ -6221,12 +6223,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a 
  id="dx1-20015"></a>, unless another glossary is explicitly
      specified.
-     </p><!--l. 3092--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 3093--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a 
  id="dx1-20016"></a> package option if you&#8217;re only interested in using
      this <span 
 class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>glossary. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 3095--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3096--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">acronyms</span><a 
@@ -6255,7 +6257,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary to also contain a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
      \usepackage[acronym,acronymlists={main}]{glossaries}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3109--><p class="nopar" > No check is performed to determine if the listed glossaries exist, so you can add
+     <!--l. 3110--><p class="nopar" > No check is performed to determine if the listed glossaries exist, so you can add
      glossaries you haven&#8217;t defined yet. For example:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -6266,15 +6268,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary to also contain a
      &#x00A0;<br />\newglossary[alg2]{acronym2}{acr2}{acn2}%
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{Statistical&#x00A0;Acronyms}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3117--><p class="nopar" > You can use
-     </p><!--l. 3119--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3118--><p class="nopar" > You can use
+     </p><!--l. 3120--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\DeclareAcronymList</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-20022"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3121--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3122--><p class="noindent" >
      instead of or in addition to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a 
  id="dx1-20023"></a> option. This will add the
@@ -6282,17 +6284,17 @@ class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a
 class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9; to the list of glossaries that are identified as
      lists of acronyms. To replace the list of acronym lists with a new list
      use:
-     </p><!--l. 3126--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3127--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\SetAcronymLists</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-20024"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\SetAcronymLists{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3128--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 3130--><p class="noindent" >You can determine if a glossary has been identified as being a list of acronyms
+     </p><!--l. 3129--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3131--><p class="noindent" >You can determine if a glossary has been identified as being a list of acronyms
      using:
-     </p><!--l. 3132--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3133--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsIfListOfAcronyms</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-20025"></a> <span 
@@ -6305,7 +6307,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">false</span>
      <span 
 class="cmitt-10">part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3134--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3135--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span><a 
@@ -6315,19 +6317,19 @@ href="#sec:acronyms"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>13 </a><a 
 href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>
      for further details. Alternatively you can use:
-     <!--l. 3139--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3140--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\DefineAcronymShortcuts</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-20027"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\DefineAcronymShortcuts </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3141--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3142--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 3144--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3145--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 3144--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3145--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5.1   </span> <a 
  id="deprecatedacronymstyleoptions"></a>Deprecated Acronym Style Options</h4>
-<!--l. 3147--><p class="noindent" >The package options listed in this section are now deprecated but are kept for
+<!--l. 3148--><p class="noindent" >The package options listed in this section are now deprecated but are kept for
 backward-compatibility. Use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a 
  id="dx1-21001"></a> instead. See <a 
@@ -6350,7 +6352,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
      \setacronymstyle{long-short-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3157--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+     <!--l. 3158--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a 
  id="dx1-21004"></a>)
                                                                   
@@ -6359,7 +6361,7 @@ class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
      \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3161--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+     <!--l. 3162--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a 
  id="dx1-21005"></a>)
                                                                   
@@ -6368,7 +6370,7 @@ class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
      \setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3165--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+     <!--l. 3166--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a 
  id="dx1-21006"></a>)
                                                                   
@@ -6377,7 +6379,7 @@ class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
      \setacronymstyle{footnote-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3169--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+     <!--l. 3170--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a 
  id="dx1-21007"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a 
@@ -6388,7 +6390,7 @@ class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
      \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3173--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+     <!--l. 3174--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a 
  id="dx1-21009"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a 
@@ -6399,7 +6401,7 @@ class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
      \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3177--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+     <!--l. 3178--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">dua</span><a 
  id="dx1-21011"></a>)
                                                                   
@@ -6408,7 +6410,7 @@ class="cmss-10">dua</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
      \setacronymstyle{dua-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3181--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 3182--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">smallcaps</span><a 
@@ -6422,7 +6424,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
      \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3188--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+     <!--l. 3189--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-21014"></a>)
                                                                   
@@ -6431,7 +6433,7 @@ class="cmss-10">description</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
      \setacronymstyle{long-sc-short-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3192--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+     <!--l. 3193--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-21015"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a 
@@ -6442,7 +6444,7 @@ class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
      \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3196--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 3197--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">smaller</span><a 
@@ -6451,7 +6453,7 @@ class="description">This option changes the definition of <span
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-21018"></a> and the way that
      acronyms are displayed.
-     <!--l. 3200--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use this option, you will need to include the <span 
+     <!--l. 3201--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use this option, you will need to include the <span 
 class="cmss-10">relsize</span><a 
  id="dx1-21019"></a> package or otherwise
      define <span 
@@ -6459,7 +6461,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a
  id="dx1-21020"></a> or redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-21021"></a>. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 3204--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3205--><p class="noindent" >
      This option may be replaced by:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -6467,7 +6469,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
      \setacronymstyle{long-sm-short}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3208--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+     <!--l. 3209--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-21022"></a>)
                                                                   
@@ -6476,7 +6478,7 @@ class="cmss-10">description</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
      \setacronymstyle{long-sm-short-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3212--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+     <!--l. 3213--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-21023"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a 
@@ -6487,7 +6489,7 @@ class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
      \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3216--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 3217--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">footnote</span><a 
@@ -6501,7 +6503,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
      \setacronymstyle{footnote}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3223--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+     <!--l. 3224--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a 
  id="dx1-21027"></a>)
                                                                   
@@ -6510,7 +6512,7 @@ class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
      \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3227--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+     <!--l. 3228--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a 
  id="dx1-21028"></a>)
                                                                   
@@ -6519,7 +6521,7 @@ class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
      \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3231--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+     <!--l. 3232--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-21029"></a>)
                                                                   
@@ -6528,7 +6530,7 @@ class="cmss-10">description</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
      \setacronymstyle{footnote-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3235--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+     <!--l. 3236--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a 
  id="dx1-21030"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
@@ -6539,7 +6541,7 @@ class="cmss-10">description</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
      \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3239--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+     <!--l. 3240--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">smaller</span><a 
  id="dx1-21032"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
@@ -6550,7 +6552,7 @@ class="cmss-10">description</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82">
      \setacronymstyle{footnote-sm-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3243--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 3244--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">dua</span><a 
@@ -6564,7 +6566,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
      \setacronymstyle{dua}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3251--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
+     <!--l. 3252--><p class="nopar" > or (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-21036"></a>)
                                                                   
@@ -6573,15 +6575,15 @@ class="cmss-10">description</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84">
      \setacronymstyle{dua-desc}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3255--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 3256--><p class="nopar" >
 </p>
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 3259--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3260--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 3259--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3260--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6   </span> <a 
  id="otheroptions"></a>Other Options</h3>
-<!--l. 3262--><p class="noindent" >Other available options that don&#8217;t fit any of the above categories are:
+<!--l. 3263--><p class="noindent" >Other available options that don&#8217;t fit any of the above categories are:
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">symbols</span><a 
@@ -6594,15 +6596,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">symbols</span>
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
      \newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3269--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
-     </p><!--l. 3271--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3270--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
+     </p><!--l. 3272--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printsymbols</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-22002"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printsymbols[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3273--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3274--><p class="noindent" >
      which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
@@ -6613,7 +6615,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div>
      </div>
-     <!--l. 3279--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a 
+     <!--l. 3280--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
@@ -6624,12 +6626,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div>
      </div> to display the list of symbols.
-     <!--l. 3285--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
+     <!--l. 3286--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a 
  id="dx1-22005"></a> package option if you&#8217;re only interested in using
      this <span 
 class="cmtt-10">symbols </span>glossary. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 3288--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3289--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">numbers</span><a 
@@ -6642,15 +6644,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">numbers</span>
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">
      \newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3294--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
-     </p><!--l. 3296--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3295--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
+     </p><!--l. 3297--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printnumbers</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-22007"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnumbers[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3298--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3299--><p class="noindent" >
      which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
@@ -6661,7 +6663,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div>
      </div>
-     <!--l. 3304--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a 
+     <!--l. 3305--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
@@ -6672,12 +6674,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div>
      </div> to display the list of numbers.
-     <!--l. 3310--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
+     <!--l. 3311--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a 
  id="dx1-22010"></a> package option if you&#8217;re only interested in using
      this <span 
 class="cmtt-10">numbers </span>glossary. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 3313--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3314--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">index</span><a 
@@ -6689,8 +6691,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">index </span>via
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
      \newglossary[ilg]{index}{ind}{idx}{\indexname}%
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3319--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
-     </p><!--l. 3321--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3320--><p class="nopar" > It also defines
+     </p><!--l. 3322--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\newterm</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-22012"></a> <span 
@@ -6699,7 +6701,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">term</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3323--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3324--><p class="noindent" >
      which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
@@ -6718,14 +6720,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div>
      </div> and
-     <!--l. 3330--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3331--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printindex</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-22015"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printindex[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3332--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3333--><p class="noindent" >
      which is a synonym for </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
@@ -6736,7 +6738,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div>
      </div>
-     <!--l. 3338--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a 
+     <!--l. 3339--><p class="noindent" >If you use <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, you need to use: </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
@@ -6747,7 +6749,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div>
      </div> to display this glossary.
-     <!--l. 3344--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
+     <!--l. 3345--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a 
  id="dx1-22018"></a> package option if you&#8217;re only interested in using
      this <span 
@@ -6768,10 +6770,10 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>without the <span
 class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
  id="dx1-22023"></a> package option.)
      </div>
-     </p><!--l. 3352--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3353--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
                                                                   
-     </p><!--l. 3354--><p class="noindent" >Since the index isn&#8217;t designed for terms with descriptions, you might also want
+     </p><!--l. 3355--><p class="noindent" >Since the index isn&#8217;t designed for terms with descriptions, you might also want
      to disable the hyperlinks for this glossary using the package option
      <span 
 class="cmss-10">nohypertypes=index</span><a 
@@ -6781,7 +6783,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><a
  id="dx1-22025"></a><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{index}</span></span>
      <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-     </p><!--l. 3361--><p class="noindent" >The example file <a 
+     </p><!--l. 3362--><p class="noindent" >The example file <a 
 href="#x1-5090r26"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-index.tex</span></a> illustrates the use of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
@@ -6800,22 +6802,22 @@ class="cmssbx-10">compatible-3.07</span><a
 class="description">Compatibility mode for old documents created using version 3.07 or
      below.
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 3372--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3373--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 3372--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3373--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7   </span> <a 
  id="sec:setupglossaries"></a>Setting Options After the Package is Loaded</h3>
-<!--l. 3375--><p class="noindent" >Some of the options described above may also be set after the <span 
+<!--l. 3376--><p class="noindent" >Some of the options described above may also be set after the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has
 been loaded using
-</p><!--l. 3377--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3378--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\setupglossaries</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-23001"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">key-val list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3379--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3380--><p class="noindent" >
 The following package options <span 
 class="cmbx-10">can&#8217;t </span>be used in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries</span>: <span 
@@ -6859,7 +6861,7 @@ href="#sec:xindy"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>11 </a><a 
 href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further
 details).
-</p><!--l. 3391--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you need to use this command, use it as soon as possible after loading <span 
+</p><!--l. 3392--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you need to use this command, use it as soon as possible after loading <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
 otherwise you might end up using it too late for the change to take effect. For
 example, if you try changing the acronym styles (such as <span 
@@ -6868,30 +6870,30 @@ class="cmss-10">smallcaps</span><a
 started defining your acronyms, you are likely to get unexpected results. If you try
 changing the sort option after you have started to define entries, you may get
 unexpected results. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3399--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3400--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 3401--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 3401--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3402--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 3402--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a 
  id="sec:setup"></a>Setting Up</h2>
-</p><!--l. 3404--><p class="indent" >   In the preamble you need to indicate whether you want to use <a 
+</p><!--l. 3405--><p class="indent" >   In the preamble you need to indicate whether you want to use <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, <a 
 href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>
 or <a 
 href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>. It&#8217;s not possible to mix these options within a&#x00A0;document.
 </p>
-<!--l. 3408--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3409--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:setupopt1"></a>Option 1</h3>
-<!--l. 3411--><p class="noindent" >The command
-</p><!--l. 3412--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 3412--><p class="noindent" >The command
+</p><!--l. 3413--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\makenoidxglossaries</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25001"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3414--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3415--><p class="noindent" >
 must be placed in the preamble. This sets up the internal commands required to make
 <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> work. <span 
@@ -6900,18 +6902,18 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span><span
 class="cmbx-10">none of the glossaries will</span>
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">be displayed.</span>
-</p><!--l. 3420--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3421--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 3420--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3421--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:setupopt23"></a>Options 2 and 3</h3>
-<!--l. 3423--><p class="noindent" >The command
-</p><!--l. 3424--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 3424--><p class="noindent" >The command
+</p><!--l. 3425--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\makeglossaries</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26001"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3426--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3427--><p class="noindent" >
 must be placed in the preamble in order to create the customised <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
@@ -6931,18 +6933,18 @@ class="cmbx-10">If you omit </span><span
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">none of the glossary files will be created.</span>
-</p><!--l. 3434--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that some of the commands provided by the <span 
+</p><!--l. 3435--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that some of the commands provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package must not be
 used after <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>as they are required when creating the customised style
 file. If you attempt to use those commands after <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>you will generate
 an error.
-</p><!--l. 3441--><p class="indent" >   Similarly, there are some commands that must not be used before <span 
+</p><!--l. 3442--><p class="indent" >   Similarly, there are some commands that must not be used before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 3443--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3445--><p class="indent" >   You can suppress the creation of the customised <a 
+</p><!--l. 3444--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3446--><p class="indent" >   You can suppress the creation of the customised <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-26006"></a></a> or <a 
@@ -6950,15 +6952,15 @@ href="#glo:makeindex"><span
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-26007"></a></a> style file
 using
-</p><!--l. 3447--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3448--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\noist</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26008"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\noist </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3449--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3450--><p class="noindent" >
 That this command must not be used after <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3451--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you have a custom <span 
+</p><!--l. 3452--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you have a custom <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a 
  id="dx1-26009"></a> file created when using <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>version 2.07
@@ -6966,10 +6968,10 @@ or below, you will need to use the <span
 class="cmss-10">compatible-2.07</span><a 
  id="dx1-26010"></a> package option with it.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 3455--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3456--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 3457--><p class="indent" >   The default name for the customised style file is given by <span 
+</p><!--l. 3458--><p class="indent" >   The default name for the customised style file is given by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span><a 
  id="dx1-26011"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">.ist</span><a 
@@ -6981,19 +6983,19 @@ class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span><a
 class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a 
  id="dx1-26014"></a> (<a 
 href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>). This name may be changed using:
-</p><!--l. 3461--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3462--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\setStyleFile</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26015"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setStyleFile{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3463--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3464--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the style file without the extension. Note that this
 command must not be used after <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3468--><p class="indent" >   Each glossary entry is assigned a <a 
+</p><!--l. 3469--><p class="indent" >   Each glossary entry is assigned a <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
  id="dx1-26016"></a></a> that lists all the locations in the
 document where that entry was used. By default, the location refers to the page
@@ -7003,14 +7005,14 @@ class="cmss-10">counter</span><a
 form of the location number assumes a full stop compositor (e.g.&#x00A0;1.2), but if your
 location numbers use a different compositor (e.g. 1-2) you need to set this
 using
-</p><!--l. 3475--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3476--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsSetCompositor</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26018"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsSetCompositor{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3477--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3478--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -7018,19 +7020,19 @@ For example:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88">
 \glsSetCompositor{-}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3481--><p class="nopar" > This command must not be used after <span 
+<!--l. 3482--><p class="nopar" > This command must not be used after <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3484--><p class="indent" >   If you use <a 
+</p><!--l. 3485--><p class="indent" >   If you use <a 
 href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>, you can have a different compositor for page numbers starting
 with an upper case alphabetical character using:
-</p><!--l. 3486--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3487--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsSetAlphaCompositor</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26019"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsSetAlphaCompositor{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3488--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3489--><p class="noindent" >
 This command has no effect if you use <a 
 href="#option2">Option&#x00A0;2</a>. For example, if you want <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number
@@ -7042,7 +7044,7 @@ list<a
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89">
 \glsSetCompositor{.}\glsSetAlphaCompositor{-}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3494--><p class="nopar" > See <a 
+<!--l. 3495--><p class="nopar" > See <a 
 href="#sec:numberlists"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>5 </a><a 
 href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a> for further information about <a 
@@ -7051,11 +7053,11 @@ href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 3498--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 3498--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3499--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 3499--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a 
  id="sec:newglosentry"></a>Defining Glossary Entries</h2>
-</p><!--l. 3501--><p class="indent" >   All glossary entries must be defined before they are used, so it is better to
+</p><!--l. 3502--><p class="indent" >   All glossary entries must be defined before they are used, so it is better to
 define them in the preamble to ensure this. In fact, some commands such as
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>may only be used in the preamble. See <a 
@@ -7064,13 +7066,13 @@ class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>4.8 </a><a
 href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With
 Defining Entries in the Document Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a> for a discussion of the problems with
 defining entries within the document instead of in the preamble.
-</p><!--l. 3507--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <a 
+</p><!--l. 3508--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> enforces the preamble-only restriction on <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-27001"></a>.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 3510--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3512--><p class="indent" >   Only those entries that are referenced in the document (using any of the
+</p><!--l. 3511--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3513--><p class="indent" >   Only those entries that are referenced in the document (using any of the
 commands described in <a 
 href="#sec:glslink"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>6 </a><a 
@@ -7087,8 +7089,8 @@ href="#sec:printglossary"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>10 </a><a 
 href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a> to find out how to display the
 glossary.
-</p><!--l. 3520--><p class="indent" >   New glossary entries are defined using the command:
-</p><!--l. 3521--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3521--><p class="indent" >   New glossary entries are defined using the command:
+</p><!--l. 3522--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\newglossaryentry</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-27002"></a> <span 
@@ -7097,12 +7099,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3523--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3524--><p class="noindent" >
 This is a short command, so values in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key-val list</span>&#x27E9; can&#8217;t contain any paragraph
 breaks. If you have a long description that needs to span multiple paragraphs,
 use
-</p><!--l. 3527--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3528--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\longnewglossaryentry</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-27003"></a> <span 
@@ -7115,7 +7117,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long description</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3530--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3531--><p class="noindent" >
 instead. Note that this command may only be used in the preamble. Be careful of
 unwanted spaces. <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>will remove trailing spaces in the
@@ -7123,9 +7125,9 @@ description (via <span
 class="cmtt-10">\unskip</span>) but won&#8217;t remove leading spaces (otherwise it would
 interfere with commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span>).
-</p><!--l. 3537--><p class="indent" >   There are also commands that will only define the entry if it hasn&#8217;t already been
+</p><!--l. 3538--><p class="indent" >   There are also commands that will only define the entry if it hasn&#8217;t already been
 defined:
-</p><!--l. 3539--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3540--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\provideglossaryentry</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-27004"></a> <span 
@@ -7135,13 +7137,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">key=value list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3541--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3542--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 3543--><p class="indent" >   <span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3544--><p class="indent" >   <span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\longprovideglossaryentry</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-27005"></a>
-</p><!--l. 3545--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3546--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\longprovideglossaryentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -7150,13 +7152,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">long description</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3547--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3548--><p class="noindent" >
 (These are both preamble-only commands.)
-</p><!--l. 3550--><p class="indent" >   For all the above commands, the first argument, &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 3551--><p class="indent" >   For all the above commands, the first argument, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, must be a&#x00A0;unique label with
 which to identify this entry. This can&#8217;t contain any non-expandable commands or
 active characters.
-</p><!--l. 3554--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an <a 
+</p><!--l. 3555--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an <a 
 href="#glo:exlatinchar">extended Latin character<a 
  id="dx1-27006"></a></a> or other <a 
 href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
@@ -7174,8 +7176,8 @@ change certain punctuation characters (such as <span
 class="cmtt-10">: </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-</span>) to active characters.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 3562--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3564--><p class="indent" >   The second argument, &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 3563--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3565--><p class="indent" >   The second argument, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key=value list</span>&#x27E9;, is a &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; list that supplies the relevant
@@ -7208,23 +7210,23 @@ class="cmssbx-10">description</span><a
  id="dx1-27015"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">A brief description of this term (to appear in the glossary). Within this
      value, you can use
-     <!--l. 3580--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3581--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\nopostdesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-27016"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3582--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3583--><p class="noindent" >
      to suppress the description terminator for this entry. For example, if this
      entry is a parent entry that doesn&#8217;t require a description, you can do
      <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">description={\nopostdesc}</span></span></span>. If you want a paragraph break in the description
      use
-     </p><!--l. 3588--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3589--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glspar</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-27017"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspar </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3590--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3591--><p class="noindent" >
      or, better, use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span>. However, note that not all glossary
      styles support multi-line descriptions. If you are using one of the tabular-like
@@ -7343,7 +7345,7 @@ class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
      value won&#8217;t be used with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a 
  id="dx1-27052"></a>.
-     <!--l. 3632--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+     <!--l. 3633--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Note: </span>prior to version 1.13, the default value of <span 
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-27053"></a> was always
@@ -7413,7 +7415,7 @@ href="#sortingoptions"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>2.4 </a><a 
 href="#sortingoptions">Sorting
      Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>).
-     <!--l. 3656--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+     <!--l. 3657--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> by default strips the <a 
 href="#glo:latexexlatinchar">standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;accents</a> (that is, accents
@@ -7434,7 +7436,7 @@ href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>:
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={select&#x00A0;group&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;people}
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3665--><p class="nopar" > This is equivalent to:
+     <!--l. 3666--><p class="nopar" > This is equivalent to:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -7445,7 +7447,7 @@ href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>:
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={elite}
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3673--><p class="nopar" > Unless you use the package option <span 
+     <!--l. 3674--><p class="nopar" > Unless you use the package option <span 
 class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a 
  id="dx1-27076"></a>, in which case it&#8217;s equivalent
      to:
@@ -7459,9 +7461,9 @@ class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={\&#8217;elite}
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3682--><p class="nopar" > This will place the entry before the &#8220;A&#8221; letter group since the sort value starts
+     <!--l. 3683--><p class="nopar" > This will place the entry before the &#8220;A&#8221; letter group since the sort value starts
      with a symbol.
-     </p><!--l. 3686--><p class="noindent" >Similarly if you use the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 3687--><p class="noindent" >Similarly if you use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a 
  id="dx1-27077"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -7548,7 +7550,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span></span>
      </div> Again, this will place the entry before the &#8220;A&#8221; group.
                                                                   
                                                                   
-     <!--l. 3712--><p class="noindent" >With Options&#x00A0;<a 
+     <!--l. 3713--><p class="noindent" >With Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a>, the default value of <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
@@ -7563,7 +7565,7 @@ class="cmss-10">name</span><a
      <span 
 class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=false</span><a 
  id="dx1-27083"></a>).
-     </p><!--l. 3717--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with <a 
+     </p><!--l. 3718--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-27084"></a></a> (<a 
@@ -7571,7 +7573,7 @@ href="#option3">Option&#x00A0;3</a>): if you have entries with the same <span
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-27085"></a> value
      they will be treated as the same entry.
-     </p><!--l. 3722--><p class="noindent" >Take care if you use <a 
+     </p><!--l. 3723--><p class="noindent" >Take care if you use <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> and the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-27086"></a> contains fragile commands. You will
@@ -7583,7 +7585,7 @@ class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a
      option (unless you use the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">def </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">use </span>sort methods). </div>
-     </p><!--l. 3726--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3727--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">type</span><a 
@@ -7684,7 +7686,7 @@ href="#sec:crossref"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>8 </a><a 
 href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing
      Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>.
-     <!--l. 3764--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> For Options&#x00A0;<a 
+     <!--l. 3765--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> For Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
@@ -7694,12 +7696,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
  id="dx1-27112"></a> that contains the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
  id="dx1-27113"></a> key. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 3767--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3768--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 3771--><p class="indent" >   The following keys are reserved for <span 
+<!--l. 3772--><p class="indent" >   The following keys are reserved for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-27114"></a> (see <a 
 href="#sec:acronyms"><span 
@@ -7730,7 +7732,7 @@ href="#sec:addkey"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>4.3 </a><a 
 href="#sec:addkey">Additional
 Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 3779--><p class="indent" >   Note that if the name starts with <a 
+</p><!--l. 3780--><p class="indent" >   Note that if the name starts with <a 
 href="#glo:nonlatinchar">non-Latin character<a 
  id="dx1-27121"></a></a>, you must group the
 character, otherwise it will cause a problem for commands like <span 
@@ -7746,7 +7748,7 @@ example:
 \newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{\&#8217;e}lite},
 &#x00A0;<br />description={select&#x00A0;group&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;class}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3786--><p class="nopar" > Note that the same applies if you are using the <span 
+<!--l. 3787--><p class="nopar" > Note that the same applies if you are using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a 
  id="dx1-27124"></a> package: </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -7768,7 +7770,7 @@ details, see the section <a
 href="mfirstuc-manual.html" >&#8220;UTF-8&#8221;</a> in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
  id="dx1-27126"></a> user manual.)
-<!--l. 3798--><p class="indent" >   Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to supply the <span 
+<!--l. 3799--><p class="indent" >   Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to supply the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-27127"></a> key
 if you are using <a 
@@ -7788,17 +7790,17 @@ character<a
 class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a 
  id="dx1-27131"></a>.
 </p>
-<!--l. 3806--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3807--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:plurals"></a>Plurals</h3>
-<!--l. 3809--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form when you
+<!--l. 3810--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form when you
 define a term. If you omit this, the plural will be obtained by appending
-</p><!--l. 3812--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3813--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glspluralsuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-28001"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3814--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3815--><p class="noindent" >
 to the singular form. This command defaults to the letter &#8220;s&#8221;. For example:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -7807,7 +7809,7 @@ to the singular form. This command defaults to the letter &#8220;s&#8221;. For e
 \newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,description={a&#x00A0;fully&#x00A0;grown
 &#x00A0;<br />female&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;bovine&#x00A0;animal}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3820--><p class="nopar" > defines a new entry whose singular form is &#8220;cow&#8221; and plural form is &#8220;cows&#8221;. However,
+<!--l. 3821--><p class="nopar" > defines a new entry whose singular form is &#8220;cow&#8221; and plural form is &#8220;cows&#8221;. However,
 if you are writing in archaic English, you may want to use &#8220;kine&#8221; as the plural form,
 in which case you would have to do:
                                                                   
@@ -7817,8 +7819,8 @@ in which case you would have to do:
 \newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,plural=kine,
 &#x00A0;<br />description={a&#x00A0;fully&#x00A0;grown&#x00A0;female&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;bovine&#x00A0;animal}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3828--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3830--><p class="indent" >   If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a given term)
+<!--l. 3829--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3831--><p class="indent" >   If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a given term)
 then use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
  id="dx1-28002"></a> key for one of them and one of the user keys to specify the other
@@ -7833,7 +7835,7 @@ plural form. For example:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(plural&#x00A0;cows,&#x00A0;archaic&#x00A0;plural&#x00A0;kine)},%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;user1={kine}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3840--><p class="nopar" > You can then use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 3841--><p class="nopar" > You can then use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl{cow}</span></span></span> to produce &#8220;cows&#8221; and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsuseri{cow}</span></span></span> to
 produce &#8220;kine&#8221;. You can, of course, define an easy to remember synonym. For
@@ -7844,7 +7846,7 @@ example:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97">
 \let\glsaltpl\glsuseri
 </div>
-<!--l. 3846--><p class="nopar" > Then you don&#8217;t have to remember which key you used to store the second plural.
+<!--l. 3847--><p class="nopar" > Then you don&#8217;t have to remember which key you used to store the second plural.
 Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><a 
  id="dx1-28003"></a>, described in <a 
@@ -7852,7 +7854,7 @@ href="#sec:addkey"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>4.3
 </a><a 
 href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3851--><p class="indent" >   If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a
+</p><!--l. 3852--><p class="indent" >   If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a
 different letter, or sequence of letters, you can redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>
 as required. However, this must be done <span 
@@ -7864,12 +7866,12 @@ class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-28005"></a> key where
 necessary).
-</p><!--l. 3859--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3860--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 3859--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3860--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:grammar"></a>Other Grammatical Constructs</h3>
-<!--l. 3862--><p class="noindent" >You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles. For
+<!--l. 3863--><p class="noindent" >You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles. For
 example:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -7888,7 +7890,7 @@ example:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3879--><p class="nopar" > With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this:
+<!--l. 3880--><p class="nopar" > With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -7897,7 +7899,7 @@ example:
 &#x00A0;<br />\newword[\edkey={ran},\ingkey={running}]{run}{to&#x00A0;move&#x00A0;fast&#x00A0;using
 &#x00A0;<br />the&#x00A0;legs}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3885--><p class="nopar" > and use them in the text:
+<!--l. 3886--><p class="nopar" > and use them in the text:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -7906,21 +7908,21 @@ Peter&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;\glsing{play}&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;park&#x00A0;tod
 &#x00A0;<br />Jane&#x00A0;\glsd{play}&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;park&#x00A0;yesterday.
 &#x00A0;<br />Peter&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;Jane&#x00A0;\glsd{run}&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;park&#x00A0;last&#x00A0;week.
 </div>
-<!--l. 3893--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3895--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span 
+<!--l. 3894--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3896--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><a 
  id="dx1-29001"></a>, described below in
 <a 
 href="#sec:addkey"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>4.3 </a><a 
 href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3898--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3899--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 3898--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3899--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:addkey"></a>Additional Keys</h3>
-<!--l. 3901--><p class="noindent" >You can now also define your own custom keys using:
-</p><!--l. 3902--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 3902--><p class="noindent" >You can now also define your own custom keys using:
+</p><!--l. 3903--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaddkey</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-30001"></a> <span 
@@ -7941,7 +7943,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">link ucfirst cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">link allcaps cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3910--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3911--><p class="noindent" >
 where:
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -7997,16 +7999,16 @@ class="description">is  the  control  sequence  to  use  analogous  to  commands
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLStext</span><a 
  id="dx1-30008"></a>.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 3931--><p class="noindent" >The starred version of <span 
+<!--l. 3932--><p class="noindent" >The starred version of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddkey </span>switches on expansion for this key. The unstarred
 version doesn&#8217;t override the current expansion setting.
 <a 
  id="x1-30009r3"></a>
-</p><!--l. 3935--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+</p><!--l. 3936--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 3</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining Custom Keys)</span><a 
  id="x1-30010"></a>
-</p><!--l. 3936--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want to define two new keys, <span 
+</p><!--l. 3937--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want to define two new keys, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">ed </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">ing</span>, that default to the entry text
 followed by &#8220;ed&#8221; and &#8220;ing&#8221;, respectively. The default value will need expanding in
@@ -8034,7 +8036,7 @@ both cases, so I need to use the starred form:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\Glsing}%&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;analogous&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\Glstext
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\GLSing}%&#x00A0;command&#x00A0;analogous&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\GLStext
 </div>
-<!--l. 3960--><p class="nopar" > Now I can define some entries:
+<!--l. 3961--><p class="nopar" > Now I can define some entries:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -8051,8 +8053,8 @@ both cases, so I need to use the starred form:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;ing={waddling},%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3978--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3980--><p class="indent" >   These entries can later be used in the document:
+<!--l. 3979--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3981--><p class="indent" >   These entries can later be used in the document:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -8061,19 +8063,19 @@ The&#x00A0;dog&#x00A0;\glsed{jump}&#x00A0;over&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;duck.
 &#x00A0;<br />The&#x00A0;duck&#x00A0;was&#x00A0;\glsing{waddle}&#x00A0;round&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;dog.
 &#x00A0;<br />The&#x00A0;dog&#x00A0;\glsed{run}&#x00A0;away&#x00A0;from&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;duck.
 </div>
-<!--l. 3987--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a 
+<!--l. 3988--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a 
 href="#x1-5092r27"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-newkeys.tex</span></a>. </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 3989--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3989--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 3991--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3990--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3990--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 3992--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 3991--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3992--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4   </span> <a 
  id="sec:expansion"></a>Expansion</h3>
-<!--l. 3994--><p class="noindent" >When you define new glossary entries expansion is performed by default, except for
+<!--l. 3995--><p class="noindent" >When you define new glossary entries expansion is performed by default, except for
 the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-31001"></a>, <span 
@@ -8089,24 +8091,24 @@ class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
  id="dx1-31006"></a> keys (these keys
 all have expansion suppressed via <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield</span>).
-</p><!--l. 4000--><p class="indent" >   You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using
-</p><!--l. 4001--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4001--><p class="indent" >   You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using
+</p><!--l. 4002--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glssetexpandfield</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-31007"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4003--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4004--><p class="noindent" >
 or
-</p><!--l. 4005--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4006--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glssetnoexpandfield</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-31008"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4007--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4008--><p class="noindent" >
 respectively, where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; is the field tag corresponding to the key. In most cases, this is
 the same as the name of the key except for those listed in <a 
@@ -8115,7 +8117,7 @@ href="#tab:fieldmap">table&#x00A0;4.1</a>.
    <div class="table">
                                                                   
                                                                   
-<!--l. 4012--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+<!--l. 4013--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="tab:fieldmap"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
 >
                                                                   
@@ -8221,32 +8223,32 @@ class="cmtt-10">shortpl    </span></td></tr></table>
                                                                   
    </div><hr class="endfloat" />
    </div>
-<!--l. 4033--><p class="indent" >   Any keys that haven&#8217;t had the expansion explicitly set using <span 
+<!--l. 4034--><p class="indent" >   Any keys that haven&#8217;t had the expansion explicitly set using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield</span>
 or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield </span>are governed by
-</p><!--l. 4035--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4036--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsexpandfields</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-31022"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsexpandfields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4037--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4038--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 4039--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4040--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsnoexpandfields</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-31023"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4041--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4043--><p class="indent" >   If your entries contain any fragile commands, I recommend you switch off
+</p><!--l. 4042--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4044--><p class="indent" >   If your entries contain any fragile commands, I recommend you switch off
 expansion via <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span>. (This should be used before you define the
 entries.)
 </p>
-<!--l. 4047--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4048--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5   </span> <a 
  id="sec:subentries"></a>Sub-Entries</h3>
-<!--l. 4050--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These may be used to
+<!--l. 4051--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These may be used to
 order the glossary into categories, in which case the sub-entry will have a
 different name to its parent entry, or it may be used to distinguish different
 definitions for the same word, in which case the sub-entries will have the
@@ -8266,7 +8268,7 @@ href="#glossaryappearanceoptions"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>2.3 </a><a 
 href="#glossaryappearanceoptions">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for further
 details).
-</p><!--l. 4065--><p class="indent" >   Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the glossary if any of its
+</p><!--l. 4066--><p class="indent" >   Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the glossary if any of its
 child entries are used in the document. If the parent entry is not referenced in the
 document, it will not have a <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
@@ -8275,19 +8277,19 @@ href="#glo:makeindex"><span
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-32003"></a></a> has a restriction
 on the maximum sub-entry depth.
-</p><!--l. 4071--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4072--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 4071--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4072--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:hierarchical"></a>Hierarchical Categories</h4>
-<!--l. 4074--><p class="noindent" >To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to first define the category
+<!--l. 4075--><p class="noindent" >To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to first define the category
 and then define the sub-entries using the relevant category entry as the value of the
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">parent</span><a 
  id="dx1-33001"></a> key.
 <a 
  id="x1-33002r4"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4079--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+</p><!--l. 4080--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 4</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Hierarchical Categories&#8212;Greek and Roman</span>
                                                                   
@@ -8295,7 +8297,7 @@ class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Hierarchical Categories&#8212;Greek and Roman</span>
 <span 
 class="cmbx-12">Mathematical Symbols)</span><a 
  id="x1-33003"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4081--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want a glossary of mathematical symbols that are divided into Greek
+</p><!--l. 4082--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want a glossary of mathematical symbols that are divided into Greek
 letters and Roman letters. Then I can define the categories as follows:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -8306,13 +8308,13 @@ letters and Roman letters. Then I can define the categories as follows:
 &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{romanletter}{name={Roman&#x00A0;letters},
 &#x00A0;<br />description={\nopostdesc}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4090--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4092--><p class="indent" >   Note that in this example, the category entries don&#8217;t need a description so I have
+<!--l. 4091--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4093--><p class="indent" >   Note that in this example, the category entries don&#8217;t need a description so I have
 set the descriptions to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a 
  id="dx1-33004"></a>. This gives a blank description and suppresses the
 description terminator.
-</p><!--l. 4097--><p class="indent" >   I can now define my sub-entries as follows:
+</p><!--l. 4098--><p class="indent" >   I can now define my sub-entries as follows:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -8325,19 +8327,19 @@ description terminator.
 &#x00A0;<br />description={Euler&#8217;s&#x00A0;constant},
 &#x00A0;<br />parent=romanletter}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4107--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a 
+<!--l. 4108--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a 
 href="#x1-5062r20"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">sampletree.tex</span></a>. </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 4109--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4109--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 4111--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 4110--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4110--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 4112--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 4111--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4112--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:homographs"></a>Homographs</h4>
-<!--l. 4114--><p class="noindent" >Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don&#8217;t need to have the <span 
+<!--l. 4115--><p class="noindent" >Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don&#8217;t need to have the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-34001"></a>
 key. For example, the word &#8220;glossary&#8221; can mean a list of technical words or a
@@ -8351,11 +8353,11 @@ entry:
 &#x00A0;<br />description={\nopostdesc},
 &#x00A0;<br />plural={glossaries}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4123--><p class="nopar" > Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator needs to be
+<!--l. 4124--><p class="nopar" > Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator needs to be
 suppressed using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a 
  id="dx1-34002"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4127--><p class="indent" >   Now define the two different meanings of the word:
+</p><!--l. 4128--><p class="indent" >   Now define the two different meanings of the word:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -8369,7 +8371,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
 &#x00A0;<br />sort={2},
 &#x00A0;<br />parent={glossary}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4138--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be added to the parent&#8217;s
+<!--l. 4139--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be added to the parent&#8217;s
 <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
  id="dx1-34003"></a></a>, whereas if I reference any of the child entries, the location will be added
@@ -8392,7 +8394,7 @@ href="#glossaryappearanceoptions"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>2.3 </a><a 
 href="#glossaryappearanceoptions">Glossary Appearance
 Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 4150--><p class="indent" >   In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the same as
+</p><!--l. 4151--><p class="indent" >   In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the same as
 the parent entry, so the <span 
 class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
  id="dx1-34008"></a> key was not required for the child entries. However,
@@ -8415,14 +8417,14 @@ example:
 &#x00A0;<br />plural={bravoes},
 &#x00A0;<br />parent=bravo}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4169--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4172--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 4170--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4173--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 4172--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4173--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.6   </span> <a 
  id="sec:loadglsentries"></a>Loading Entries From a File</h3>
-<!--l. 4175--><p class="noindent" >You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another file and use:
-</p><!--l. 4177--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 4176--><p class="noindent" >You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another file and use:
+</p><!--l. 4178--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\loadglsentries</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-35001"></a> <span 
@@ -8431,7 +8433,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">filename</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4179--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4180--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">filename</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the file containing all the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
@@ -8450,13 +8452,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span><a
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-35006"></a> uses by
 default).
-</p><!--l. 4189--><p class="indent" >   This is a&#x00A0;preamble-only command. You may also use <span 
+</p><!--l. 4190--><p class="indent" >   This is a&#x00A0;preamble-only command. You may also use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\input</span><a 
  id="dx1-35007"></a> to load the file but
 don&#8217;t use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\include</span><a 
  id="dx1-35008"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4192--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span 
+</p><!--l. 4193--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\AtBeginDocument</span><a 
  id="dx1-35009"></a> to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\input </span>all your entries automatically at
@@ -8478,16 +8480,16 @@ href="#sec:docdefs"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>4.8 </a><a 
 href="#sec:docdefs">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the
 Document Environment<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a>.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 4201--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4202--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="x1-35014r5"></a>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 4203--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+</p><!--l. 4204--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 5</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Loading Entries from Another File)</span><a 
  id="x1-35015"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4204--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I have a file called <span 
+</p><!--l. 4205--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I have a file called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">myentries.tex </span>which contains:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -8502,14 +8504,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">myentries.tex </span>which contains:
 &#x00A0;<br />name={html},
 &#x00A0;<br />description={A&#x00A0;mark&#x00A0;up&#x00A0;language}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4216--><p class="nopar" > and suppose in my document preamble I use the command:
+<!--l. 4217--><p class="nopar" > and suppose in my document preamble I use the command:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110">
 \loadglsentries[languages]{myentries}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4220--><p class="nopar" > then this will add the entries <span 
+<!--l. 4221--><p class="nopar" > then this will add the entries <span 
 class="cmtt-10">tex </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">html </span>to the glossary whose type is given by
 <span 
@@ -8519,9 +8521,9 @@ sets the type to <span
 class="cmtt-10">main</span>. </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 4225--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4225--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 4227--><p class="indent" >   <span 
+<!--l. 4226--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4226--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 4228--><p class="indent" >   <span 
 class="cmbx-10">Note: </span>if you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-35016"></a> (see <a 
@@ -8538,7 +8540,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">myacronyms.tex </span>contains:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111">
 \newacronym{aca}{aca}{a&#x00A0;contrived&#x00A0;acronym}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4233--><p class="nopar" > then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called <span 
+<!--l. 4234--><p class="nopar" > then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">altacronym</span>)
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -8546,7 +8548,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">altacronym</span>)
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112">
 \loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4238--><p class="nopar" > will add <span 
+<!--l. 4239--><p class="nopar" > will add <span 
 class="cmtt-10">aca </span>to the glossary type <span 
 class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>, if the package option <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
@@ -8559,7 +8561,7 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
 specified.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x5" id="fn1x5-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><a 
  id="x1-35019f1"></a>
-</p><!--l. 4246--><p class="indent" >   If you have used the <span 
+</p><!--l. 4247--><p class="indent" >   If you have used the <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-35023"></a> package option, there are two possible solutions to
 this problem:
@@ -8573,14 +8575,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">myacronyms.tex </span>so that entries are defined in the form:
      \newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{aca}{aca}{a
      &#x00A0;<br />contrived&#x00A0;acronym}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4254--><p class="nopar" > and do:
+     <!--l. 4255--><p class="nopar" > and do:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114">
      \loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4258--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 4259--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></li>
      <li 
   class="enumerate" id="x1-35027x2">Temporarily change <span 
@@ -8593,12 +8595,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype </span>to the target glossary:
      &#x00A0;<br />\loadglsentries{myacronyms}
      &#x00A0;<br />\let\acronymtype\orgacronymtype
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4266--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 4269--><p class="indent" >   Note that only those entries that have been used in the text will appear in the
+     <!--l. 4267--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol>
+<!--l. 4270--><p class="indent" >   Note that only those entries that have been used in the text will appear in the
 relevant glossaries. Note also that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries </span>may only be used in the
 preamble.
-</p><!--l. 4274--><p class="indent" >   Remember that you can use <span 
+</p><!--l. 4275--><p class="indent" >   Remember that you can use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-35028"></a> rather than
 <span 
@@ -8620,7 +8622,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">terms.tex</span>) contains:
 \provideglossaryentry{mallard}{name=mallard,
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;type&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;duck}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4287--><p class="nopar" > but suppose your document requires a more detailed description, you can
+<!--l. 4288--><p class="nopar" > but suppose your document requires a more detailed description, you can
 do:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -8632,17 +8634,17 @@ do:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;dabbling&#x00A0;duck&#x00A0;where&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;male&#x00A0;has&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;green&#x00A0;head}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\loadglsentries{terms}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4298--><p class="nopar" > Now the <span 
+<!--l. 4299--><p class="nopar" > Now the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">mallard </span>definition in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">terms.tex </span>file will be ignored.
-</p><!--l. 4302--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4303--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 4302--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4303--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.7   </span> <a 
  id="sec:moveentry"></a>Moving Entries to Another Glossary</h3>
-<!--l. 4305--><p class="noindent" >As from version&#x00A0;3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to another
+<!--l. 4306--><p class="noindent" >As from version&#x00A0;3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to another
 using:
-</p><!--l. 4307--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4308--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsmoveentry</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-36001"></a> <span 
@@ -8651,12 +8653,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">target glossary label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4309--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4310--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the unique label identifying the required entry and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">target glossary label</span>&#x27E9;
 is the unique label identifying the glossary in which to put the entry.
-</p><!--l. 4314--><p class="indent" >   Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target glossary.
+</p><!--l. 4315--><p class="indent" >   Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target glossary.
 If you want to move an entry to a glossary that&#8217;s skipped by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-36002"></a>, then
@@ -8667,15 +8669,15 @@ href="#sec:newglossary"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>12 </a><a 
 href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New
 Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 4320--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Unpredictable results may occur if you move an entry to a different glossary from
+</p><!--l. 4321--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Unpredictable results may occur if you move an entry to a different glossary from
 its parent or children. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4323--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4325--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4324--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4326--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 4325--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4326--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8   </span> <a 
  id="sec:docdefs"></a>Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment</h3>
-<!--l. 4328--><p class="noindent" >Originally, <span 
+<!--l. 4329--><p class="noindent" >Originally, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-37001"></a> (and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
@@ -8691,12 +8693,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>by the new <a
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>.
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 4335--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4336--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 4335--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4336--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:techissues"></a>Technical Issues</h4>
-<!--l. 4338--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 4339--><p class="noindent" >
      </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
      <li 
   class="enumerate" id="x1-38002x1">If you define an entry mid-way through your document, but subsequently
@@ -8735,7 +8737,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">= </span>character should not be active when using commands that
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; arguments.
      </li></ol>
-<!--l. 4364--><p class="noindent" >To overcome the first two problems, as from version 4.0 the <span 
+<!--l. 4365--><p class="noindent" >To overcome the first two problems, as from version 4.0 the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package modifies
 the definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>at the beginning of the <span 
@@ -8752,7 +8754,7 @@ class="cmss-10">document</span><a
  id="dx1-38015"></a> environment if it doesn&#8217;t already exist. This means that the
 entry can now be looked up in the glossary, even if the glossary occurs at the
 beginning of the document.
-</p><!--l. 4374--><p class="indent" >   There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry definition, you
+</p><!--l. 4375--><p class="indent" >   There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry definition, you
 need a second run to see the effect of your modification; this method requires an extra
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newwrite</span>, which may exceed <span class="TEX">T<span 
@@ -8761,18 +8763,18 @@ issues could occur; if you have very long entries, you could find unexpected lin
 breaks have been written to the temporary file causing spurious spaces (or,
 even worse, a&#x00A0;command name could get split across a line causing an error
 message).
-</p><!--l. 4383--><p class="indent" >   The last reason is why <span 
+</p><!--l. 4384--><p class="indent" >   The last reason is why <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-38016"></a> has the preamble-only restriction,
 which I don&#8217;t intend to lift.
-</p><!--l. 4386--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4387--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 4386--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4387--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:goodpractice"></a>Good Practice Issues</h4>
-<!--l. 4389--><p class="noindent" >The above section covers technical issues that can cause your document to have
+<!--l. 4390--><p class="noindent" >The above section covers technical issues that can cause your document to have
 compilation errors or produce incorrect output. This section focuses on good writing
 practice. The main reason cited by users wanting to define entries within the <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
@@ -8782,7 +8784,7 @@ environment rather than in the preamble is that they want to write the definitio
 they type in their document text. This suggests a &#8220;stream of consciousness&#8221; style of
 writing that may be acceptable in certain literary genres but is inappropriate for
 factual documents.
-</p><!--l. 4398--><p class="indent" >   When you write technical documents, regardless of whether it&#8217;s a PhD thesis or an
+</p><!--l. 4399--><p class="indent" >   When you write technical documents, regardless of whether it&#8217;s a PhD thesis or an
 article for a&#x00A0;journal or proceedings, you must plan what you write in advance. If you
 plan in advance, you should have a fairly good idea of the type of terminology that
 your document will contain, so while you are planning, create a new file with all your
@@ -8795,11 +8797,11 @@ definition.
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 4411--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 4411--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4412--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 4412--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a 
  id="sec:numberlists"></a>Number lists</h2>
-</p><!--l. 4414--><p class="indent" >   Each entry in the glossary has an associated <a 
+</p><!--l. 4415--><p class="indent" >   Each entry in the glossary has an associated <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
  id="dx1-40001"></a></a>. By default, these
 numbers refer to the pages on which that entry has been used (using any of the
@@ -8819,7 +8821,7 @@ class="cmss-10">counter</span><a
  id="dx1-40003"></a> package option. The number list is also referred to as the location
 list<a 
  id="dx1-40004"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4423--><p class="indent" >   Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span 
+</p><!--l. 4424--><p class="indent" >   Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#8217;s output routine (see, for example,
 <a 
 href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=oddpage" >Finding if you&#8217;re on an odd or an even page</a>) the <span 
@@ -8844,7 +8846,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>you need to
 use:
-</p><!--l. 4437--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4438--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-40005"></a> <span 
@@ -8852,8 +8854,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4439--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4441--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose you have a style <span 
+</p><!--l. 4440--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4442--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose you have a style <span 
 class="cmtt-10">samplenum </span>that is implemented as
 follows:
                                                                   
@@ -8864,7 +8866,7 @@ follows:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\expandafter\@samplenum\csname&#x00A0;c@#1\endcsname}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\newcommand*{\@samplenum}[1]{\two@digits{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4448--><p class="nopar" > (That is, it displays the value of the counter as a two-digit number.) Then to ensure
+<!--l. 4449--><p class="nopar" > (That is, it displays the value of the counter as a two-digit number.) Then to ensure
 the location is correct for entries in page-spanning paragraphs, you need to
 do:
                                                                   
@@ -8873,11 +8875,11 @@ do:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119">
 \glsaddprotectedpagefmt{@samplenum}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4454--><p class="nopar" > (If you are using a different counter for the location, such as <span 
+<!--l. 4455--><p class="nopar" > (If you are using a different counter for the location, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">section </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">equation</span>,
 you don&#8217;t need to worry about this.)
-</p><!--l. 4459--><p class="indent" >   If the inner macro (as given by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4460--><p class="indent" >   If the inner macro (as given by <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;) contains non-expandable
 commands then you may need to redefine <span 
@@ -8899,14 +8901,14 @@ now my page counter format uses small caps Roman numerals:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\expandafter\@samplenum\csname&#x00A0;c@#1\endcsname}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\newcommand*{\@samplenum}[1]{\textsc{\romannumeral#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4469--><p class="nopar" > Again, the inner macro needs to be identified using:
+<!--l. 4470--><p class="nopar" > Again, the inner macro needs to be identified using:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121">
 \glsaddprotectedpagefmt{@samplenum}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4473--><p class="nopar" > However, since <span 
+<!--l. 4474--><p class="nopar" > However, since <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>isn&#8217;t fully expandable, the location is written to the file as
 <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><span 
@@ -8932,7 +8934,7 @@ example:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122">
 \renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{\romannumeral\c@page}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4483--><p class="nopar" > While this modification means that the location list in the glossary won&#8217;t
+<!--l. 4484--><p class="nopar" > While this modification means that the location list in the glossary won&#8217;t
 exactly match the format of the page numbers (displaying lower case Roman
 numbers instead of small cap Roman numerals) this method will at least work
 correctly for both <a 
@@ -8953,7 +8955,7 @@ definition:
 &#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsbackslash\string\textsc{\romannumeral\c@page}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4493--><p class="nopar" > combined with
+<!--l. 4494--><p class="nopar" > combined with
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -8961,9 +8963,9 @@ definition:
 \GlsAddXdyLocation{romansc}{:sep&#x00A0;"\string\textsc\glsopenbrace"
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;"roman-numbers-lowercase"&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"\glsclosebrace"}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4498--><p class="nopar" > will now have lowercase Roman numerals in the location list. (This option may cause
+<!--l. 4499--><p class="nopar" > will now have lowercase Roman numerals in the location list. (This option may cause
 problems if your locations should be hyperlinks.)
-</p><!--l. 4503--><p class="indent" >   Another possibility that will work with both <a 
+</p><!--l. 4504--><p class="indent" >   Another possibility that will work with both <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-40010"></a></a> and <a 
@@ -8986,8 +8988,8 @@ format:
 &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\gls@samplenumpage}{\number\c@page}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsnumberformat}[1]{\textsc{\romannumeral#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4511--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4513--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine <span 
+<!--l. 4512--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4514--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">internal cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">page</span>, you must make sure that <span 
@@ -8995,8 +8997,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>is
 expanded when it&#8217;s written to the file. (So don&#8217;t, for example, hide <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\c@page </span>inside a
 robust command.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 4518--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4520--><p class="indent" >   Both <a 
+</p><!--l. 4519--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4521--><p class="indent" >   Both <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-40013"></a></a> and <a 
@@ -9019,15 +9021,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>where &#x27E8;<span
 class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9; is either an integer or the keyword <span 
 class="cmtt-10">none</span>
 which indicates that there should be no range formation.
-</p><!--l. 4528--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
+</p><!--l. 4529--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>must be used before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-40017"></a>
 and has no effect if <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a 
  id="dx1-40018"></a> is used. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4531--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4533--><p class="indent" >   With both <a 
+</p><!--l. 4532--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4534--><p class="indent" >   With both <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-40019"></a></a> and <a 
@@ -9037,22 +9039,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
 href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a>), you can replace the
 separator and the closing number in the range using:
-</p><!--l. 4535--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4536--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsSetSuffixF</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-40021"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">suffix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4537--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4538--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4538--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4539--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsSetSuffixFF</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-40022"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">suffix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4540--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4541--><p class="noindent" >
 where the former command specifies the suffix to use for a 2 page list and the latter
 specifies the suffix to use for longer lists. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -9062,7 +9064,7 @@ specifies the suffix to use for longer lists. For example:
 \glsSetSuffixF{f.}
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsSetSuffixFF{ff.}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4547--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use <a 
+<!--l. 4548--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-40023"></a></a> (<a 
@@ -9074,7 +9076,7 @@ length to 1 if you want to change these suffixes:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127">
 \GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{1}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4553--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use the <span 
+<!--l. 4554--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-40024"></a> package, you will need to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\nohyperpage</span><a 
@@ -9087,8 +9089,8 @@ suffix to ensure that the hyperlinks work correctly. For example:
 \glsSetSuffixF{\nohyperpage{f.}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsSetSuffixFF{\nohyperpage{ff.}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4560--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4562--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
+<!--l. 4561--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4563--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF </span>must be used before
 <span 
@@ -9096,13 +9098,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
  id="dx1-40026"></a> and have no effect if <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a 
  id="dx1-40027"></a> is used. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4566--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4568--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+</p><!--l. 4567--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4569--><p class="indent" >   <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> doesn&#8217;t form ranges. However, with this option you can iterate over an
 entry&#8217;s <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
  id="dx1-40028"></a></a> using:
-</p><!--l. 4570--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4571--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsnumberlistloop</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-40029"></a> <span 
@@ -9115,12 +9117,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">xr handler</span>
 <span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4573--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4574--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry&#8217;s label and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">handler cs</span>&#x27E9; is a handler control sequence of the
 form:
-</p><!--l. 4577--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">&#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 4578--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">handler cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9131,7 +9133,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4578--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4579--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9; is the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
@@ -9143,42 +9145,42 @@ class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>) and &#x27E8;<span
 class="cmti-10">location</span>&#x27E9;
 is the location. The third argument is the control sequence to use for any
 cross-references in the list. This handler should have the syntax:
-</p><!--l. 4586--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">&#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 4587--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr handler cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4587--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4588--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9; is the cross-referenced text (e.g.&#x00A0;&#8220;see&#8221;) and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9; is a&#x00A0;comma-separated
 list of labels. (This actually has a third argument but it&#8217;s always empty when used
 with <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>.)
-</p><!--l. 4592--><p class="indent" >   For example, if on page&#x00A0;12 I&#x00A0;have used
+</p><!--l. 4593--><p class="indent" >   For example, if on page&#x00A0;12 I&#x00A0;have used
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129">
 \gls[format=textbf]{apple}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4596--><p class="nopar" > and on page&#x00A0;18 I&#x00A0;have used
+<!--l. 4597--><p class="nopar" > and on page&#x00A0;18 I&#x00A0;have used
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130">
 \gls[format=emph]{apple}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4600--><p class="nopar" > then
+<!--l. 4601--><p class="nopar" > then
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131">
 \glsnumberlistloop{apple}{\myhandler}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4604--><p class="nopar" > will be equivalent to:
+<!--l. 4605--><p class="nopar" > will be equivalent to:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -9186,11 +9188,11 @@ href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>.)
 \myhandler{}{page}{textbf}{12}%
 &#x00A0;<br />\myhandler{}{page}{emph}{18}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 4609--><p class="nopar" > There is a predefined handler that&#8217;s used to display the <a 
+<!--l. 4610--><p class="nopar" > There is a predefined handler that&#8217;s used to display the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
  id="dx1-40031"></a></a> in the
 glossary:
-</p><!--l. 4612--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4613--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-40032"></a> <span 
@@ -9204,9 +9206,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4614--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4615--><p class="noindent" >
 The predefined handler used for the cross-references in the glossary is:
-</p><!--l. 4617--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4618--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9214,24 +9216,24 @@ class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4618--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4619--><p class="noindent" >
 which is described in <a 
 href="#sec:customxr"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>8.1 </a><a 
 href="#sec:customxr">Customising Cross-reference Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:customxr --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4621--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
+</p><!--l. 4622--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnumberlistloop </span>is not available for Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4623--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4624--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 4625--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 4625--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4626--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 4626--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a 
  id="sec:glslink"></a>Links to Glossary Entries</h2>
-</p><!--l. 4628--><p class="indent" >   Once you have defined a glossary entry using <span 
+</p><!--l. 4629--><p class="indent" >   Once you have defined a glossary entry using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-41001"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
@@ -9275,10 +9277,10 @@ href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>. If you don&#8217;t use <span
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-41007"></a> these external files won&#8217;t be
 created.
-</p><!--l. 4645--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> I strongly recommend that you don&#8217;t use the commands defined in this chapter in
+</p><!--l. 4646--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> I strongly recommend that you don&#8217;t use the commands defined in this chapter in
 the arguments of sectioning or caption commands or any other command that has a
 moving argument.
-</p><!--l. 4650--><p class="indent" >   Aside from problems with expansion issues, PDF bookmarks and possible nested
+</p><!--l. 4651--><p class="indent" >   Aside from problems with expansion issues, PDF bookmarks and possible nested
 hyperlinks in the table of contents (or list of whatever) any use of the commands
 described in <a 
 href="#x1-420006.1"><span 
@@ -9288,8 +9290,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref
 <a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;unset when they appear in the table of contents (or list of whatever).
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 4655--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4657--><p class="indent" >   The above warning is particularly important if you are using the <span 
+</p><!--l. 4656--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4658--><p class="indent" >   The above warning is particularly important if you are using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
 package in conjunction with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
@@ -9319,8 +9321,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a
 &#x00A0;<br />\chapter[An&#x00A0;overview&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Perl]{An&#x00A0;overview&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;\gls{perl}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\chapter{An&#x00A0;overview&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;\texorpdfstring{\gls{perl}}{Perl}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4669--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4671--><p class="indent" >   If you want the <a 
+<!--l. 4670--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4672--><p class="indent" >   If you want the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-41013"></a></a> to produce a hyperlink to the corresponding entry details
 in the glossary, you should load the <span 
@@ -9333,7 +9335,7 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link
 text<a 
  id="dx1-41015"></a></a>, you can click on the word or phrase and it will take you to a brief description in
 this document&#8217;s glossary.
-</p><!--l. 4679--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span 
+</p><!--l. 4680--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-41016"></a> package, I strongly recommend you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">pdflatex</span><a 
@@ -9352,12 +9354,12 @@ Secondly, the DVI format doesn&#8217;t correctly size hyperlinks in subscripts o
 superscripts. This means that if you define a term that may be used as a
 subscript or superscript, if you use the DVI format, it won&#8217;t come out the correct
 size.
-</p><!--l. 4693--><p class="indent" >   These are limitations of the DVI format not of the <span 
+</p><!--l. 4694--><p class="indent" >   These are limitations of the DVI format not of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-41019"></a> package.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 4695--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4697--><p class="indent" >   It may be that you only want terms in certain glossaries to have hyperlinks, but
+</p><!--l. 4696--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4698--><p class="indent" >   It may be that you only want terms in certain glossaries to have hyperlinks, but
 not for other glossaries. In this case, you can use the package option <span 
 class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a 
  id="dx1-41020"></a> to
@@ -9368,17 +9370,17 @@ href="#generaloptions"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>2.1 </a><a 
 href="#generaloptions">General
 Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-general --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 4703--><p class="indent" >   The way the <a 
+</p><!--l. 4704--><p class="indent" >   The way the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-41022"></a></a> is displayed depends on
-</p><!--l. 4704--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4705--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glstextformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-41023"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4706--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4707--><p class="noindent" >
 For example, to make all <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-41024"></a></a> appear in a sans-serif font, do:
@@ -9388,7 +9390,7 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134">
 \renewcommand*{\glstextformat}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4711--><p class="nopar" > Further customisation can be done via <span 
+<!--l. 4712--><p class="nopar" > Further customisation can be done via <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a 
  id="dx1-41025"></a> or by redefining
 <span 
@@ -9398,7 +9400,7 @@ href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>6.3 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a> for further
 details.
-</p><!--l. 4716--><p class="indent" >   Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a 
+</p><!--l. 4717--><p class="indent" >   Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Some of
 the commands described in this chapter automatically unset this flag and can also use
 it to determine what text should be displayed. These types of commands are the
@@ -9425,7 +9427,7 @@ href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsu
 for commands that unset or reset the <a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;without referencing the
 entries.
-</p><!--l. 4727--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+</p><!--l. 4728--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
 href="#x1-420006.1"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;and <a 
 href="#x1-430006.2"><span 
@@ -9454,7 +9456,7 @@ class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a
 example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls*[hyper=true]{sample}</span></span></span> but this creates redundancy and is best
 avoided.
-</p><!--l. 4743--><p class="indent" >   The following keys are available for the optional argument:
+</p><!--l. 4744--><p class="indent" >   The following keys are available for the optional argument:
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">hyper</span><a 
@@ -9518,8 +9520,8 @@ class="cmti-10">italic</span>) you will need to create a command that applies bo
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135">
      \newcommand*{\textbfem}[1]{\textbf{\emph{#1}}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4772--><p class="nopar" > and use that command.
-     </p><!--l. 4775--><p class="noindent" >In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text block
+     <!--l. 4773--><p class="nopar" > and use that command.
+     </p><!--l. 4776--><p class="noindent" >In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text block
      commands such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textbf</span><a 
  id="dx1-41039"></a> or <span 
@@ -9527,7 +9529,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\emph</span><a
  id="dx1-41040"></a> or any of the commands listed in
      <a 
 href="#tab:hyperxx">table&#x00A0;6.1</a>.
-     </p><!--l. 4779--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <a 
+     </p><!--l. 4780--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-41041"></a></a> instead of <a 
@@ -9551,12 +9553,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136">
      \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textbfem}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4787--><p class="nopar" > See <a 
+     <!--l. 4788--><p class="nopar" > See <a 
 href="#sec:xindy"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>11 </a><a 
 href="#sec:xindy">Xindy (Option 3)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 4789--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 4791--><p class="noindent" >Note that unlike <span 
+     </p><!--l. 4790--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4792--><p class="noindent" >Note that unlike <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a 
  id="dx1-41046"></a>, you can&#8217;t have anything following the command name,
      such as an asterisk or arguments. If you want to cross-reference another entry,
@@ -9569,7 +9571,7 @@ href="#sec:crossref"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>8
      </a><a 
 href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>).
-     </p><!--l. 4798--><p class="noindent" >If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the hyperlinked
+     </p><!--l. 4799--><p class="noindent" >If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the hyperlinked
      location, don&#8217;t use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\hyperpage</span><a 
  id="dx1-41049"></a> (provided by the <span 
@@ -9581,7 +9583,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package
 href="#tab:hyperxx">table&#x00A0;6.1</a>.
 </p>
      <div class="table">
-     <!--l. 4804--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+     <!--l. 4805--><p class="noindent" ><a 
  id="tab:hyperxx"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
 >
  <div class="caption" 
@@ -9654,7 +9656,7 @@ class="td11"> emphasized hyperlink       </td></tr></table>
 </div>
      </div><hr class="endfloat" />
      </div>
-     <!--l. 4824--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the <span 
+     <!--l. 4825--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink</span><a 
  id="dx1-41062"></a> command hasn&#8217;t been defined, the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyper</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9676,7 +9678,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\hyperbsf</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137">
      \newcommand{\hyperbsf}[1]{\textbf{\hypersf{#1}}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4834--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span 
+     <!--l. 4835--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyperbsf </span>as the value for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">format</span><a 
  id="dx1-41064"></a> key. (See also &#8220;Displaying
@@ -9693,7 +9695,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138">
      \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbsf}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4842--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 4843--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">counter</span><a 
@@ -9717,11 +9719,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">local=true</span>, the
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">local=false</span>.
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4856--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4857--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1   </span> <a 
  id="x1-420006.1"></a>The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Queried)</h3>
-<!--l. 4859--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that unset the <a 
+<!--l. 4860--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that unset the <a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;on completion, and
 in most cases they use the current state of the flag to determine the text to be
 displayed. As described above, these commands all have a star-variant (<span 
@@ -9731,7 +9733,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>) and have an optional first argument that is a
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; list.
-</p><!--l. 4866--><p class="indent" >   These commands use <span 
+</p><!--l. 4867--><p class="indent" >   These commands use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a 
  id="dx1-42001"></a> or the equivalent definition provided by
 <span 
@@ -9741,14 +9743,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a
 href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>6.3 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 4870--><p class="indent" >   Apart from <span 
+</p><!--l. 4871--><p class="indent" >   Apart from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a 
  id="dx1-42003"></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span 
 class="cmti-10">final</span>
 optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; which may be used to insert material into the automatically
 generated text.
-</p><!--l. 4874--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since the commands have a final optional argument, take care if you actually want
+</p><!--l. 4875--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since the commands have a final optional argument, take care if you actually want
 to display an open square bracket after the command when the final optional
 argument is absent. Insert an empty set of braces <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span> immediately before the opening
@@ -9760,16 +9762,16 @@ example:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139">
 \gls{sample}&#x00A0;{}[Editor&#8217;s&#x00A0;comment]
 </div>
-<!--l. 4883--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4885--><p class="indent" >   Don&#8217;t use any of the <a 
+<!--l. 4884--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4886--><p class="indent" >   Don&#8217;t use any of the <a 
 href="#x1-420006.1"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;or <a 
 href="#x1-430006.2"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands in the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
 argument. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4887--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4889--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4888--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4890--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\gls</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-42004"></a> <span 
@@ -9780,7 +9782,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4891--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4892--><p class="noindent" >
 This command typically determines the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-42005"></a></a> from the values of the <span 
@@ -9803,8 +9805,8 @@ class="cmss-10">long</span><a
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
  id="dx1-42013"></a>
 keys.
-</p><!--l. 4899--><p class="indent" >   There are two upper case variants:
-</p><!--l. 4900--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4900--><p class="indent" >   There are two upper case variants:
+</p><!--l. 4901--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Gls</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-42014"></a> <span 
@@ -9815,9 +9817,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4902--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4903--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 4904--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4905--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLS</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-42015"></a> <span 
@@ -9828,7 +9830,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4906--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4907--><p class="noindent" >
 which make the first letter of the link text or all the link text upper case,
 respectively. For the former, the uppercasing of the first letter is performed by
 <span 
@@ -9837,8 +9839,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc</span><a
 class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
  id="dx1-42017"></a> user
 manual.
-</p><!--l. 4912--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous plural forms:
-</p><!--l. 4913--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4913--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous plural forms:
+</p><!--l. 4914--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glspl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-42018"></a> <span 
@@ -9849,8 +9851,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4915--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4916--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4916--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4917--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glspl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-42019"></a> <span 
@@ -9861,8 +9863,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4918--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4919--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4919--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4920--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-42020"></a> <span 
@@ -9873,7 +9875,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4921--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4922--><p class="noindent" >
 These typically determine the link text from the <span 
 class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
  id="dx1-42021"></a> or <span 
@@ -9889,7 +9891,7 @@ class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-42025"></a>
 keys.
-</p><!--l. 4928--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you are using
+</p><!--l. 4929--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you are using
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-42026"></a> as it can affect the spacing of subscripts and superscripts. For example,
@@ -9901,14 +9903,14 @@ suppose you have defined the following entry:
 \newglossaryentry{Falpha}{name={F_\alpha},
 &#x00A0;<br />description=sample}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4936--><p class="nopar" > and later you use it in math mode:
+<!--l. 4937--><p class="nopar" > and later you use it in math mode:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141">
 $\gls{Falpha}^2$
 </div>
-<!--l. 4940--><p class="nopar" > This will result in <span 
+<!--l. 4941--><p class="nopar" > This will result in <span 
 class="cmmi-10">F</span><sub><span 
 class="cmmi-7">&#x03B1;</span></sub><sup><span 
 class="cmr-7">2</span></sup> instead of <span 
@@ -9923,9 +9925,9 @@ class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; optional argument:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142">
 $\gls{Falpha}[^2]$
 </div>
-<!--l. 4946--><p class="nopar" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 4947--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4949--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 4947--><p class="nopar" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 4948--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4950--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsdisp</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-42027"></a> <span 
@@ -9936,13 +9938,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">link text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4951--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4952--><p class="noindent" >
 This behaves in the same way as the above commands, except that the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">link text</span>&#x27E9; is
 explicitly set. There&#8217;s no final optional argument as any inserted material can be
 added to the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">link text</span>&#x27E9; argument.
-</p><!--l. 4957--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don&#8217;t use any of the <a 
+</p><!--l. 4958--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don&#8217;t use any of the <a 
 href="#x1-420006.1"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;or <a 
 href="#x1-430006.2"><span 
@@ -9950,14 +9952,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands in the &#x27E8;<span
 class="cmti-10">link text</span>&#x27E9;
 argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4960--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4962--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4961--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4963--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 4962--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4963--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2   </span> <a 
  id="x1-430006.2"></a>The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag Not Queried)</h3>
-<!--l. 4965--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that don&#8217;t change or reference the <a 
+<!--l. 4966--><p class="noindent" >This section describes the commands that don&#8217;t change or reference the <a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>.
 As described above, these commands all have a star-variant (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>) and a
@@ -9975,7 +9977,7 @@ href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>6.3 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link
 text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 4973--><p class="indent" >   Apart from <span 
+</p><!--l. 4974--><p class="indent" >   Apart from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a 
  id="dx1-43003"></a>, the commands described in this section also have a <span 
 class="cmti-10">final</span>
@@ -9987,7 +9989,7 @@ class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>6.1 </a><a
 href="#x1-420006.1">The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-Like Commands (First Use Flag
 Queried)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:gls-like --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4978--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4979--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslink</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43004"></a> <span 
@@ -9998,19 +10000,19 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">link text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4980--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4981--><p class="noindent" >
 This command explicitly sets the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-43005"></a></a> as given in the final argument.
-</p><!--l. 4984--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don&#8217;t use any of the <a 
+</p><!--l. 4985--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don&#8217;t use any of the <a 
 href="#x1-420006.1"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;or <a 
 href="#x1-430006.2"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands in the argument of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4987--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4989--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4988--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4990--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glstext</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43006"></a> <span 
@@ -10021,14 +10023,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4991--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4992--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
  id="dx1-43007"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-43008"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4995--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous commands:
-</p><!--l. 4996--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4996--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous commands:
+</p><!--l. 4997--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glstext</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43009"></a> <span 
@@ -10041,8 +10043,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 4998--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4999--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4999--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5000--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLStext</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43010"></a> <span 
@@ -10053,9 +10055,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5001--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5002--><p class="noindent" >
 These convert the first character or all the characters to uppercase, respectively.
-</p><!--l. 5005--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5006--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirst</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43011"></a> <span 
@@ -10066,14 +10068,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5007--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5008--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
  id="dx1-43012"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-43013"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5011--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 5012--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5012--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 5013--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfirst</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43014"></a> <span 
@@ -10084,8 +10086,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5014--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5015--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5015--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5016--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSfirst</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43015"></a> <span 
@@ -10096,8 +10098,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5017--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5019--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5018--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5020--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43016"></a> <span 
@@ -10108,14 +10110,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5021--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5022--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
  id="dx1-43017"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-43018"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5025--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 5026--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5026--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 5027--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43019"></a> <span 
@@ -10126,8 +10128,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5028--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5029--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5029--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5030--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43020"></a> <span 
@@ -10138,8 +10140,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5031--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5033--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5032--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5034--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43021"></a> <span 
@@ -10150,14 +10152,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5035--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5036--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-43022"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-43023"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5039--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 5040--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5040--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 5041--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfirstplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43024"></a> <span 
@@ -10168,8 +10170,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5042--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5043--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5043--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5044--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSfirstplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43025"></a> <span 
@@ -10180,8 +10182,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5045--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5047--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5046--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5048--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43026"></a> <span 
@@ -10192,7 +10194,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5049--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5050--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-43027"></a> key as the <a 
@@ -10207,8 +10209,8 @@ class="cmss-10">first</span><a
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsname</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5055--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 5056--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5056--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 5057--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43031"></a> <span 
@@ -10219,8 +10221,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5058--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5059--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5059--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5060--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43032"></a> <span 
@@ -10233,15 +10235,15 @@ class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 5061--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5063--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it&#8217;s best to avoid <span 
+</p><!--l. 5062--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5064--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it&#8217;s best to avoid <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsname </span>with acronyms. Instead, consider using
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Acrlong</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Acrshort </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Acrfull</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5066--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5068--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5067--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5069--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glssymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43033"></a> <span 
@@ -10252,14 +10254,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5070--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5071--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
  id="dx1-43034"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-43035"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5074--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 5075--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5075--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 5076--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glssymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43036"></a> <span 
@@ -10270,8 +10272,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5077--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5078--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5078--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5079--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSsymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43037"></a> <span 
@@ -10282,8 +10284,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5080--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5082--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5081--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5083--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsdesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43038"></a> <span 
@@ -10294,14 +10296,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5084--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5085--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-43039"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-43040"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5088--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 5089--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5089--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 5090--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsdesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43041"></a> <span 
@@ -10312,8 +10314,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5091--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5092--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5092--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5093--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSdesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43042"></a> <span 
@@ -10324,8 +10326,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5094--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5096--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5095--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5097--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsuseri</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43043"></a> <span 
@@ -10336,14 +10338,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5098--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5099--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">user1</span><a 
  id="dx1-43044"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-43045"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5102--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 5103--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5103--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 5104--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsuseri</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43046"></a> <span 
@@ -10354,8 +10356,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5105--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5106--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5106--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5107--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSuseri</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43047"></a> <span 
@@ -10366,8 +10368,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5108--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5110--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5109--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5111--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsuserii</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43048"></a> <span 
@@ -10378,14 +10380,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5112--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5113--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">user2</span><a 
  id="dx1-43049"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-43050"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5116--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 5117--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5117--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 5118--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsuserii</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43051"></a> <span 
@@ -10396,8 +10398,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5119--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5120--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5120--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5121--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSuserii</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43052"></a> <span 
@@ -10408,10 +10410,10 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5122--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5123--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 5124--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5125--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsuseriii</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43053"></a> <span 
@@ -10422,14 +10424,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5126--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5127--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">user3</span><a 
  id="dx1-43054"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-43055"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5130--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 5131--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5131--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 5132--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsuseriii</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43056"></a> <span 
@@ -10440,8 +10442,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5133--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5134--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5134--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5135--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSuseriii</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43057"></a> <span 
@@ -10452,8 +10454,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5136--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5138--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5137--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5139--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsuseriv</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43058"></a> <span 
@@ -10464,14 +10466,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5140--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5141--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">user4</span><a 
  id="dx1-43059"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-43060"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5144--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 5145--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5145--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 5146--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsuseriv</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43061"></a> <span 
@@ -10482,8 +10484,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5147--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5148--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5148--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5149--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSuseriv</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43062"></a> <span 
@@ -10494,8 +10496,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5150--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5152--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5151--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5153--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsuserv</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43063"></a> <span 
@@ -10506,14 +10508,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5154--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5155--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">user5</span><a 
  id="dx1-43064"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-43065"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5158--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 5159--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5159--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 5160--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsuserv</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43066"></a> <span 
@@ -10524,8 +10526,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5161--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5162--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5162--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5163--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSuserv</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43067"></a> <span 
@@ -10536,8 +10538,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5164--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5166--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5165--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5167--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsuservi</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43068"></a> <span 
@@ -10548,14 +10550,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5168--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5169--><p class="noindent" >
 This command always uses the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">user6</span><a 
  id="dx1-43069"></a> key as the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-43070"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5172--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
-</p><!--l. 5173--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5173--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous uppercasing commands:
+</p><!--l. 5174--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsuservi</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43071"></a> <span 
@@ -10566,8 +10568,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5175--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5176--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5176--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5177--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSuservi</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-43072"></a> <span 
@@ -10578,15 +10580,15 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5178--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5180--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5179--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5181--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5180--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5181--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:glsdisplay"></a>Changing the format of the link text</h3>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-<!--l. 5183--><p class="noindent" >The default format of the <a 
+<!--l. 5184--><p class="noindent" >The default format of the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-44001"></a></a> for the <a 
 href="#x1-420006.1"><span 
@@ -10594,15 +10596,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands is governed
 by<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x7" id="fn1x7-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.1</sup></a></span><a 
  id="x1-44002f1"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 5187--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5188--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-44006"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5189--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5190--><p class="noindent" >
 This may be redefined but if you only want the change the display style for a given
 glossary, then you need to use
-</p><!--l. 5192--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5193--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\defglsentryfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-44007"></a> <span 
@@ -10611,7 +10613,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5194--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5195--><p class="noindent" >
 instead of redefining <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>. The optional first argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; is the glossary
@@ -10619,7 +10621,7 @@ type. This defaults to <span
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span><a 
  id="dx1-44008"></a> if omitted. The second argument is the entry
 format definition.
-</p><!--l. 5200--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
+</p><!--l. 5201--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>is the default display format for entries. Once the display
 format has been changed for an individual glossary using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a 
@@ -10639,37 +10641,37 @@ class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>2.5 </a><a
 href="#acronymoptions">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a>) use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt </span>to set their
 display style. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5210--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5212--><p class="indent" >   Within the &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 5211--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5213--><p class="indent" >   Within the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">definition</span>&#x27E9; argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span>, or if you want to redefine
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>, you may use the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 5216--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5217--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslabel</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-44012"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5218--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5219--><p class="noindent" >
 This is the label of the entry being referenced. As from version 4.08, you can also
 access the glossary entry type using:
-</p><!--l. 5221--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5222--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glstype</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-44013"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstype </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5223--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5224--><p class="noindent" >
 This is defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\edef</span><a 
  id="dx1-44014"></a> so the replacement text is the actual glossary type rather
 than <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytype{\glslabel}</span></span></span>.
-</p><!--l. 5227--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5228--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glscustomtext</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-44015"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5229--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5230--><p class="noindent" >
 This is the custom text supplied in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>. It&#8217;s always empty for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
@@ -10682,17 +10684,17 @@ class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
 class="cmtt-10">\ifdefempty </span>to determine if
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscustomtext </span>is empty.)
-</p><!--l. 5235--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5236--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsinsert</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-44019"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsinsert </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5237--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5238--><p class="noindent" >
 The custom text supplied in the final optional argument to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>and their
 upper case variants.
-</p><!--l. 5241--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5242--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsifplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-44020"></a> <span 
@@ -10701,7 +10703,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5243--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5244--><p class="noindent" >
 If <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>or <span 
@@ -10709,7 +10711,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl </span>was used, this command does &#x27E8;<span
 class="cmti-10">true text</span>&#x27E9; otherwise it does
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false text</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 5247--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5248--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glscapscase</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-44021"></a> <span 
@@ -10720,7 +10722,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">first uc</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">all caps</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5249--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5250--><p class="noindent" >
 If <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>or <span 
@@ -10735,7 +10737,7 @@ class="cmti-10">first uc</span>&#x27E9;. If <span
 class="cmtt-10">\GLS </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl </span>were used, this does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">all caps</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 5254--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5255--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsifhyperon</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-44022"></a> <span 
@@ -10744,7 +10746,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">hyper true</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">hyper false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5256--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5257--><p class="noindent" >
 This will do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">hyper true</span>&#x27E9; if the hyperlinks are on for the current reference, otherwise it
 will do &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -10763,12 +10765,12 @@ class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a
  id="dx1-44026"></a>) or because it&#8217;s the <a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;and the hyperlinks have been suppressed on
 first use.
-</p><!--l. 5267--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
+</p><!--l. 5268--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsifhyper</span><a 
  id="dx1-44027"></a> is now deprecated. If you want to know if the command
 used to reference this entry was used with the star or plus variant, you can
 use:
-</p><!--l. 5270--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5271--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslinkvar</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-44028"></a> <span 
@@ -10779,7 +10781,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">star</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">plus</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5272--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5273--><p class="noindent" >
 This will do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">unmodified</span>&#x27E9; if the unmodified version was used, or will do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">star</span>&#x27E9; if the
@@ -10790,7 +10792,7 @@ class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a
  id="dx1-44029"></a> key was used to override the default setting, so
 this command shouldn&#8217;t be used to guess whether or not the hyperlink is on for this
 reference.
-</p><!--l. 5281--><p class="indent" >   Note that you can also use commands such as <span 
+</p><!--l. 5282--><p class="indent" >   Note that you can also use commands such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a 
  id="dx1-44030"></a> within the definition of
 <span 
@@ -10798,15 +10800,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>(see <a
 href="#sec:glsunset"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>14 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 5284--><p class="indent" >   If you only want to make minor modifications to <span 
+</p><!--l. 5285--><p class="indent" >   If you only want to make minor modifications to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>, you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 5286--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5287--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsgenentryfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-44031"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5288--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5289--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses the above commands to display just the <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
  id="dx1-44032"></a>, <span 
@@ -10817,16 +10819,16 @@ class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-44035"></a> keys
 (or the custom text) with the insert text appended.
-</p><!--l. 5293--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, if want to change the entry format for acronyms (defined via
+</p><!--l. 5294--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, if want to change the entry format for acronyms (defined via
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-44036"></a>) you can use:
-</p><!--l. 5295--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5296--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsgenacfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-44037"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5297--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5298--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses the values from the <span 
 class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
  id="dx1-44038"></a>, <span 
@@ -10846,7 +10848,7 @@ class="cmss-10">first</span><a
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-44045"></a> keys. The first use singular text is obtained
 via:
-</p><!--l. 5302--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5303--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\genacrfullformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-44046"></a> <span 
@@ -10855,11 +10857,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5304--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5305--><p class="noindent" >
 instead of from the <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
  id="dx1-44047"></a> key, and the first use plural text is obtained via:
-</p><!--l. 5307--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5308--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\genplacrfullformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-44048"></a> <span 
@@ -10868,7 +10870,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5309--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5310--><p class="noindent" >
 instead of from the <span 
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-44049"></a> key. In both cases, &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -10886,7 +10888,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a
 versions:
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 5318--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5319--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Genacrfullformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-44052"></a> <span 
@@ -10895,9 +10897,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5320--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5321--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 5322--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5323--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Genplacrfullformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-44053"></a> <span 
@@ -10906,7 +10908,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5324--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5325--><p class="noindent" >
 By default these perform a protected expansion on their no-case-change equivalents
 and then use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makefirstuc</span><a 
@@ -10930,19 +10932,19 @@ href="#sec:acronyms"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>13 </a><a 
 href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details on changing the style of
 acronyms.
-</p><!--l. 5336--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
+</p><!--l. 5337--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>is not used by the <a 
 href="#x1-430006.2"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 5338--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5339--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="x1-44060r6"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5340--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+</p><!--l. 5341--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 6</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Custom Entry Display in Text)</span><a 
  id="x1-44061"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5341--><p class="indent" >   Suppose you want a glossary of measurements and units, you can use the <span 
+</p><!--l. 5342--><p class="indent" >   Suppose you want a glossary of measurements and units, you can use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
  id="dx1-44062"></a>
 key to store the unit:
@@ -10954,7 +10956,7 @@ key to store the unit:
 &#x00A0;<br />description={The&#x00A0;length&#x00A0;between&#x00A0;two&#x00A0;points},
 &#x00A0;<br />symbol={km}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5347--><p class="nopar" > and now suppose you want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 5348--><p class="nopar" > and now suppose you want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{distance}</span></span></span> to produce &#8220;distance (km)&#8221; on <a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>,
 then you can redefine <span 
@@ -10969,14 +10971,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space&#x00A0;(\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5356--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5358--><p class="indent" >   (Note that I&#8217;ve used <span 
+<!--l. 5357--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5359--><p class="indent" >   (Note that I&#8217;ve used <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol</span><a 
  id="dx1-44064"></a> rather than <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssymbol</span><a 
  id="dx1-44065"></a> to avoid nested
 hyperlinks.)
-</p><!--l. 5361--><p class="indent" >   Note also that all of the <a 
+</p><!--l. 5362--><p class="indent" >   Note also that all of the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-44066"></a></a> will be formatted according to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a 
@@ -10992,24 +10994,24 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space(\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5369--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 5370--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{distance}</span></span></span> will produce &#8220;<span 
 class="cmbx-10">distance (km)</span>&#8221;.
-</p><!--l. 5372--><p class="indent" >   For a complete document, see the sample file <a 
+</p><!--l. 5373--><p class="indent" >   For a complete document, see the sample file <a 
 href="#x1-5099r32"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a>.
 </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 5373--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5373--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 5374--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5374--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
 <a 
  id="x1-44068r7"></a>
-<!--l. 5375--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+<!--l. 5376--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 7</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Custom Format for Particular Glossary)</span><a 
  id="x1-44069"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5376--><p class="indent" >   Suppose you have created a new glossary called <span 
+</p><!--l. 5377--><p class="indent" >   Suppose you have created a new glossary called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">notation </span>and you want to change
 the way the entry is displayed on <a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;so that it includes the symbol, you can
@@ -11022,7 +11024,7 @@ do:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(denoted&#x00A0;\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5383--><p class="nopar" > Now suppose you have defined an entry as follows:
+<!--l. 5384--><p class="nopar" > Now suppose you have defined an entry as follows:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -11033,13 +11035,13 @@ do:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={$S$}
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5391--><p class="nopar" > The <a 
+<!--l. 5392--><p class="nopar" > The <a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first time</a> you reference this entry it will be displayed as: &#8220;set (denoted <span 
 class="cmmi-10">S</span>)&#8221;
 (assuming <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-44070"></a> was used).
-</p><!--l. 5395--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, if you expect all the symbols to be set in math mode, you can
+</p><!--l. 5396--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, if you expect all the symbols to be set in math mode, you can
 do:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -11049,7 +11051,7 @@ do:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(denoted&#x00A0;$\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel}$)}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5401--><p class="nopar" > and define entries like this:
+<!--l. 5402--><p class="nopar" > and define entries like this:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -11060,21 +11062,21 @@ do:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={S}
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5409--><p class="nopar" > </p>
+<!--l. 5410--><p class="nopar" > </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 5410--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5410--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 5412--><p class="indent" >   Remember that if you use the <span 
+<!--l. 5411--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5411--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 5413--><p class="indent" >   Remember that if you use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
  id="dx1-44071"></a> key, you need to use a glossary style that
 displays the symbol, as many of the styles ignore it.
-</p><!--l. 5416--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5417--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5416--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5417--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.4   </span> <a 
  id="sec:disablehyperlinks"></a>Enabling and disabling hyperlinks to glossary entries</h3>
-<!--l. 5419--><p class="noindent" >If you load the <span 
+<!--l. 5420--><p class="noindent" >If you load the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-45001"></a> or <span 
 class="cmss-10">html</span><a 
@@ -11092,20 +11094,20 @@ explicitly or through implicit means, such as via the <span
 class="cmss-10">nohypertypes</span><a 
  id="dx1-45004"></a> package
 option).
-</p><!--l. 5426--><p class="indent" >   You can disable or enable links using:
-</p><!--l. 5427--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5427--><p class="indent" >   You can disable or enable links using:
+</p><!--l. 5428--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsdisablehyper</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-45005"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5429--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5430--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 5431--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5432--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsenablehyper</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-45006"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenablehyper </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5433--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5434--><p class="noindent" >
 respectively. The effect can be localised by placing the commands within a
 group. Note that you should only use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenablehyper </span>if the commands
@@ -11117,7 +11119,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\hypertarget</span><a
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-45009"></a>
 package).
-</p><!--l. 5439--><p class="indent" >   You can disable just the <a 
+</p><!--l. 5440--><p class="indent" >   You can disable just the <a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> links using the package option <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a 
  id="dx1-45010"></a>.
@@ -11128,11 +11130,11 @@ href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use
 flag</a>.
 <a 
  id="x1-45011r8"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5443--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+</p><!--l. 5444--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 8</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(First Use With Hyperlinked Footnote Description)</span><a 
  id="x1-45012"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5444--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want the first use to have a hyperlink to the description in a footnote
+</p><!--l. 5445--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want the first use to have a hyperlink to the description in a footnote
                                                                   
                                                                   
 instead of hyperlinking to the relevant place in the glossary. First I need to disable the
@@ -11145,7 +11147,7 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150">
 \usepackage[hyperfirst=false]{glossaries}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5450--><p class="nopar" > Now I need to redefine <span 
+<!--l. 5451--><p class="nopar" > Now I need to redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a 
  id="dx1-45014"></a> (see <a 
 href="#sec:glsdisplay"><span 
@@ -11161,17 +11163,17 @@ text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>):
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5458--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5460--><p class="indent" >   Now the first use won&#8217;t have hyperlinked text, but will be followed by a
+<!--l. 5459--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5461--><p class="indent" >   Now the first use won&#8217;t have hyperlinked text, but will be followed by a
 footnote. See the sample file <a 
 href="#x1-5029r10"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-FnDesc.tex</span></a> for a complete document.
 </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 5463--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5463--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 5465--><p class="indent" >   Note that the <span 
+<!--l. 5464--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5464--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 5466--><p class="indent" >   Note that the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><a 
  id="dx1-45015"></a> option applies to all defined glossaries. It may be that you
 only want to disable the hyperlinks on <a 
@@ -11189,13 +11191,13 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span><a
  id="dx1-45017"></a> option doesn&#8217;t get applied.
 <a 
  id="x1-45018r9"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5475--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+</p><!--l. 5476--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 9</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Suppressing Hyperlinks on First Use Just For</span>
 <span 
 class="cmbx-12">Acronyms)</span><a 
  id="x1-45019"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5476--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want to suppress the hyperlink on <a 
+</p><!--l. 5477--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want to suppress the hyperlink on <a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for acronyms but not for
 entries in the main glossary. I&#x00A0;can load the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package using:
@@ -11205,20 +11207,20 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package using:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152">
 \usepackage[hyperfirst=false,acronym]{glossaries}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5481--><p class="nopar" > Once all glossary entries have been defined I&#x00A0;then do:
+<!--l. 5482--><p class="nopar" > Once all glossary entries have been defined I&#x00A0;then do:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153">
 \glsunsetall[main]
 </div>
-<!--l. 5485--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 5486--><p class="nopar" >
 </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 5487--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5487--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 5489--><p class="indent" >   For more complex requirements, you might find it easier to switch off all hyperlinks
+<!--l. 5488--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5488--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 5490--><p class="indent" >   For more complex requirements, you might find it easier to switch off all hyperlinks
 via <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><a 
  id="dx1-45020"></a> and put the hyperlinks (where required) within the definition
@@ -11236,13 +11238,13 @@ class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>9 </a><a
 href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>).
 <a 
  id="x1-45023r10"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5496--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+</p><!--l. 5497--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 10</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Only Hyperlink in Text Mode Not Math</span>
 <span 
 class="cmbx-12">Mode)</span><a 
  id="x1-45024"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5497--><p class="indent" >   This is a bit of a contrived example, but suppose, for some reason, I only want the
+</p><!--l. 5498--><p class="indent" >   This is a bit of a contrived example, but suppose, for some reason, I only want the
 <a 
 href="#x1-420006.1"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands to have hyperlinks when used in text mode, but not in math
@@ -11265,27 +11267,27 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5514--><p class="nopar" > Note that this doesn&#8217;t affect the <a 
+<!--l. 5515--><p class="nopar" > Note that this doesn&#8217;t affect the <a 
 href="#x1-430006.2"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands, which will have the
 hyperlinks off unless they&#8217;re forced on using the plus variant.
-</p><!--l. 5519--><p class="indent" >   See the sample file <a 
+</p><!--l. 5520--><p class="indent" >   See the sample file <a 
 href="#x1-5097r31"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-nomathhyper.tex</span></a> for a complete document.
 </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 5521--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5521--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 5522--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5522--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-<!--l. 5523--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 5523--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5524--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 5524--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a 
  id="sec:glsadd"></a>Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text</h2>
-</p><!--l. 5526--><p class="indent" >   It is possible to add a line to the glossary file without generating any text at that
+</p><!--l. 5527--><p class="indent" >   It is possible to add a line to the glossary file without generating any text at that
 point in the document using:
-</p><!--l. 5528--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5529--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsadd</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-46001"></a> <span 
@@ -11294,7 +11296,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5530--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5531--><p class="noindent" >
 This is similar to the <a 
 href="#x1-430006.2"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands, only it doesn&#8217;t produce any text (so
@@ -11317,16 +11319,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">set</span>:
 &#x00A0;<br />Lots&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;sets&#x00A0;spanning&#x00A0;many&#x00A0;pages.
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsadd[format=)]{set}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5541--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5543--><p class="indent" >   To add all entries that have been defined, use:
-</p><!--l. 5544--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 5542--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5544--><p class="indent" >   To add all entries that have been defined, use:
+</p><!--l. 5545--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaddall</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-46003"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5546--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5547--><p class="noindent" >
 The optional argument is the same as for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>, except there is also a key <span 
 class="cmss-10">types</span><a 
@@ -11345,8 +11347,8 @@ do:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156">
 \glsaddall[types={\acronymtype,notation}]
 </div>
-<!--l. 5557--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5559--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
+<!--l. 5558--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5560--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>add the current location to the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
@@ -11361,35 +11363,35 @@ class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
 href="#glossaryappearanceoptions">2.3<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> and&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#sec:numberlists">5<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.)
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 5566--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5568--><p class="indent" >   There is now a variation of <span 
+</p><!--l. 5567--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5569--><p class="indent" >   There is now a variation of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>that skips any entries that have already
 been used:
-</p><!--l. 5570--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5571--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaddallunused</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-46008"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5572--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5573--><p class="noindent" >
 This command uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd[format=@gobble] </span>which will ignore this location in the
 number list. The optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of glossary types. If
 omitted, it defaults to the list of all defined glossaries.
-</p><!--l. 5578--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use <span 
+</p><!--l. 5579--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused</span>, it&#8217;s best to place the command at the end
 of the document to ensure that all the commands you intend to use have already been
 used. Otherwise you could end up with a spurious comma or dash in the location
 list.
 <a 
  id="x1-46009r11"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5583--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+</p><!--l. 5584--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 11</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Dual Entries)</span><a 
  id="x1-46010"></a>
-</p><!--l. 5584--><p class="indent" >   The example file <a 
+</p><!--l. 5585--><p class="indent" >   The example file <a 
 href="#x1-5063r21"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-dual.tex</span></a> makes use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>to allow for
@@ -11404,7 +11406,7 @@ option:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157">
 \usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5590--><p class="nopar" > A new command is then defined to make it easier to define dual entries:
+<!--l. 5591--><p class="nopar" > A new command is then defined to make it easier to define dual entries:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -11418,7 +11420,7 @@ option:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newacronym{#2}{#3\glsadd{main-#2}}{#4}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5602--><p class="nopar" > This has the following syntax: </p><div class="alltt">
+<!--l. 5603--><p class="nopar" > This has the following syntax: </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newdualentry</span><a 
@@ -11444,21 +11446,21 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}%&#x00A0;long&#x00A0;form
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{Statistical&#x00A0;pattern&#x00A0;recognition&#x00A0;technique}%&#x00A0;description
 </div>
-<!--l. 5613--><p class="nopar" > Now you can reference the acronym with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 5614--><p class="nopar" > Now you can reference the acronym with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> or you can reference the entry in
 the main glossary with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{main-svm}</span></span></span>. </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 5616--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5616--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 5617--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5617--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-<!--l. 5618--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 5618--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5619--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 5619--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a 
  id="sec:crossref"></a>Cross-Referencing Entries</h2>
-</p><!--l. 5621--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span 
+</p><!--l. 5622--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-47001"></a> (Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> or&#x00A0;<a 
@@ -11473,8 +11475,8 @@ put <span
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>/<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>before all entry definitions.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 5628--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5630--><p class="indent" >   There are several ways of cross-referencing entries in the glossary:
+</p><!--l. 5629--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5631--><p class="indent" >   There are several ways of cross-referencing entries in the glossary:
      </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
      <li 
   class="enumerate" id="x1-47004x1">You can use commands such as <span 
@@ -11487,7 +11489,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
      \newglossaryentry{apple}{name=apple,
      &#x00A0;<br />description={firm,&#x00A0;round&#x00A0;fruit.&#x00A0;See&#x00A0;also&#x00A0;\gls{pear}}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5639--><p class="nopar" > Note that with this method, if you don&#8217;t use the cross-referenced term in the
+     <!--l. 5640--><p class="nopar" > Note that with this method, if you don&#8217;t use the cross-referenced term in the
      main part of the document, you will need two runs of <a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a 
@@ -11502,7 +11504,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
      &#x00A0;<br />makeglossaries&#x00A0;filename
      &#x00A0;<br />latex&#x00A0;filename
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5649--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 5650--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></li>
      <li 
   class="enumerate" id="x1-47008x2">As described in <a 
@@ -11520,7 +11522,7 @@ class="cmss-10">see</span><a
      &#x00A0;<br />description={Series&#x00A0;expansion},
      &#x00A0;<br />see={TaylorsTheorem}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5658--><p class="nopar" > Note that in this case, the entry with the <span 
+     <!--l. 5659--><p class="nopar" > Note that in this case, the entry with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
  id="dx1-47010"></a> key will automatically be added to
      the glossary, but the cross-referenced entry won&#8217;t. You therefore need to ensure
@@ -11533,7 +11535,7 @@ href="#sec:glsadd"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>7 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating
      Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>.
-     </p><!--l. 5665--><p class="noindent" >The &#8220;see&#8221; tag is produce using <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5666--><p class="noindent" >The &#8220;see&#8221; tag is produce using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\seename</span><a 
  id="dx1-47011"></a>, but can be overridden in
      specific instances using square brackets at the start of the <span 
@@ -11549,7 +11551,7 @@ class="cmss-10">see</span><a
      &#x00A0;<br />description={Series&#x00A0;expansion},
      &#x00A0;<br />see=[see&#x00A0;also]{TaylorsTheorem}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5673--><p class="nopar" > Take care if you want to use the optional argument of commands such as
+     <!--l. 5674--><p class="nopar" > Take care if you want to use the optional argument of commands such as
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-47013"></a> or <span 
@@ -11563,7 +11565,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a
      \newterm{seal}
      &#x00A0;<br />\newterm[see={[see&#x00A0;also]seal}]{sea&#x00A0;lion}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5680--><p class="nopar" > Similarly if the value contains a list. For example:
+     <!--l. 5681--><p class="nopar" > Similarly if the value contains a list. For example:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -11584,11 +11586,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;see={lemon,lime}
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5698--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 5699--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></li>
      <li 
   class="enumerate" id="x1-47016x3">After you have defined the entry, use
-     <!--l. 5701--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 5702--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glssee</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-47017"></a> <span 
@@ -11599,7 +11601,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr label list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5703--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5704--><p class="noindent" >
      where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xr label list</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of entry labels to be
      cross-referenced, &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -11616,12 +11618,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\seename</span><a
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166">
      \glssee[see&#x00A0;also]{series}{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5711--><p class="nopar" > Note that this automatically adds the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
+     <!--l. 5712--><p class="nopar" > Note that this automatically adds the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; to the glossary but
      doesn&#8217;t add the cross-referenced entries (specified by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xr label list</span>&#x27E9;) to the
      glossary.</p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 5717--><p class="indent" >   In both cases&#x00A0;2 and 3 above, the cross-referenced information appears in the
+<!--l. 5718--><p class="indent" >   In both cases&#x00A0;2 and 3 above, the cross-referenced information appears in the
 <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
  id="dx1-47019"></a></a>, whereas in case&#x00A0;1, the cross-referenced information appears
@@ -11646,15 +11648,15 @@ class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span><a
  id="dx1-47026"></a> package
 option.
 </p>
-<!--l. 5729--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5730--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:customxr"></a>Customising Cross-reference Text</h3>
-<!--l. 5732--><p class="noindent" >When you use either the <span 
+<!--l. 5733--><p class="noindent" >When you use either the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
  id="dx1-48001"></a> key or the command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>, the cross-referencing
 information will be typeset in the glossary according to:
-</p><!--l. 5735--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5736--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsseeformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-48002"></a> <span 
@@ -11665,7 +11667,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label-list</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5737--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5738--><p class="noindent" >
 The default definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat </span>is: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
    <br /><span 
@@ -11690,37 +11692,37 @@ href="#fn2x9" id="fn2x9-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.2</sup></a></span><a
 \renewcommand*{\glsseeformat}[3][\seename]{\textbf{#1}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsseelist{#2}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5753--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5756--><p class="indent" >   The list of labels is dealt with by <span 
+<!--l. 5754--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5757--><p class="indent" >   The list of labels is dealt with by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span>, which iterates through the list and
 typesets each entry in the label. The entries are separated by
-</p><!--l. 5759--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5760--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsseesep</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-48008"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseesep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5761--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5762--><p class="noindent" >
 or (for the last pair)
-</p><!--l. 5763--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5764--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsseelastsep</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-48009"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseelastsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5765--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5766--><p class="noindent" >
 These default to &#8220;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">,\space</span></span></span>&#8221; and &#8220;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\space\andname</span><a 
  id="dx1-48010"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\space</span>&#8221; respectively. The list entry
 text is displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 5769--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5770--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsseeitemformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-48011"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5771--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5772--><p class="noindent" >
 This  defaults  to
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a 
@@ -11738,8 +11740,8 @@ For example, to make the cross-referenced list use small caps:
 \renewcommand{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\textsc{\glsentrytext{#1}}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5779--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5781--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can use <span 
+<!--l. 5780--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5782--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat</span><a 
  id="dx1-48016"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a 
@@ -11754,16 +11756,16 @@ Some&#x00A0;information&#x00A0;(see&#x00A0;also
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsseelist{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem}%
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsadd{FourierSeries}\glsadd{TaylorsTheorem}).
 </div>
-<!--l. 5790--><p class="nopar" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 5791--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 5791--><p class="nopar" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 5792--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 5793--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 5793--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5794--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 5794--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">9. <a 
  id="sec:glsnolink"></a>Using Glossary Terms Without Links</h2>
-</p><!--l. 5796--><p class="indent" >   The commands described in this section display entry details without adding any
+</p><!--l. 5797--><p class="indent" >   The commands described in this section display entry details without adding any
 information to the glossary. They don&#8217;t use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a 
  id="dx1-49001"></a>, they don&#8217;t have
@@ -11772,7 +11774,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;and, apart from
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span><a 
  id="dx1-49002"></a>, they don&#8217;t produce hyperlinks.
-</p><!--l. 5802--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Commands that aren&#8217;t expandable will be ignored by PDF bookmarks, so you will
+</p><!--l. 5803--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Commands that aren&#8217;t expandable will be ignored by PDF bookmarks, so you will
 need to provide an alternative via <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-49003"></a>&#8217;s <span 
@@ -11785,8 +11787,8 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
 first letter to upper case aren&#8217;t expandable. The other commands depend
 on whether their corresponding keys were assigned non-expandable values.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 5811--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5813--><p class="indent" >   If you want each word in a given entry field capitalised, you can use
+</p><!--l. 5812--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5814--><p class="indent" >   If you want each word in a given entry field capitalised, you can use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ecapitalisewords</span><a 
  id="dx1-49005"></a>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -11801,24 +11803,24 @@ class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;. For example:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170">
 \ecaptialisewords{\glsentrytext{somelabel}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5819--><p class="nopar" > Note that <span 
+<!--l. 5820--><p class="nopar" > Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ecapitalisewords </span>is not expandable.
-</p><!--l. 5822--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5823--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49007"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5824--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5825--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5825--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5826--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49008"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5827--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5828--><p class="noindent" >
 These commands display the name of the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, as specified by
 the <span 
@@ -11838,21 +11840,21 @@ class="cmss-10">first</span><a
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirst </span>instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5838--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it&#8217;s best to avoid <span 
+</p><!--l. 5839--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general it&#8217;s best to avoid <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryname </span>with acronyms. Instead, consider
 using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshort </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5841--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5843--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5842--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5844--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glossentryname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49012"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5845--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5846--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span><span 
 class="cmsy-10">{</span><span 
@@ -11872,34 +11874,34 @@ example:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171">
 \renewcommand*{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textmd{\sffamily&#x00A0;#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5854--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5855--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 5855--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5856--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glossentryname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49013"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5857--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5858--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>but makes the first letter of the name upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 5861--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5862--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentrytext</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49014"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5863--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5864--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5864--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5865--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrytext</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49015"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5866--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5867--><p class="noindent" >
 These commands display the subsequent use text for the glossary entry given by
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, as specified by the <span 
@@ -11910,22 +11912,22 @@ case. The first form is expandable (unless the text contains unexpandable
 commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 5874--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5875--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49017"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5876--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5877--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5877--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5878--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49018"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5879--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5880--><p class="noindent" >
 These commands display the subsequent use plural text for the glossary entry given by
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, as specified by the <span 
@@ -11936,22 +11938,22 @@ case. The first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpa
 commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 5888--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5889--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfirst</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49020"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5890--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5891--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5891--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5892--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfirst</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49021"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5893--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5894--><p class="noindent" >
 These commands display the <a 
 href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a>&#x00A0;for the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, as
@@ -11963,22 +11965,22 @@ first form is expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable
 commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 5901--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5902--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfirstplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49023"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfirstplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5903--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5904--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5904--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5905--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfirstplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49024"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirstplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5906--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5907--><p class="noindent" >
 These commands display the plural form of the <a 
 href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a>&#x00A0;for the glossary entry
                                                                   
@@ -11992,22 +11994,22 @@ first letter upper case. The first form is expandable (unless the value of that
 contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not expandable. Neither
 checks for the existence of &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 5915--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5916--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentrydesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49026"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5917--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5918--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5918--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5919--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrydesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49027"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5920--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5921--><p class="noindent" >
 These commands display the description for the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
 <span 
@@ -12015,14 +12017,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc </span>makes the first letter upper case. The firs
 the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is not
 expandable. Neither checks for the existence of &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 5927--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5928--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glossentrydesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49028"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5929--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5930--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -12030,33 +12032,33 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>but also checks for the existence of &#x27E8;<span
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. This
 command is not expandable. It&#8217;s used in the predefined glossary styles to display the
 description.
-</p><!--l. 5934--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5935--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glossentrydesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49029"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrydesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5936--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5937--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc </span>but converts the first letter to upper case. This
 command is not expandable.
-</p><!--l. 5940--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5941--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentrydescplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49030"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrydescplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5942--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5943--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5943--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5944--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrydescplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49031"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydescplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5945--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5946--><p class="noindent" >
 These commands display the plural description for the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
 <span 
@@ -12064,22 +12066,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydescplural </span>makes the first letter upper case. Th
 (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is
 not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 5954--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5955--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentrysymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49032"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5956--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5957--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5957--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5958--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrysymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5959--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5960--><p class="noindent" >
 These commands display the symbol for the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
 <span 
@@ -12087,7 +12089,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbol </span>makes the first letter upper case. The fi
 (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The second form is
 not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 5967--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5968--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsletentryfield</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49034"></a> <span 
@@ -12098,7 +12100,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5969--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5970--><p class="noindent" >
 This command doesn&#8217;t display anything. It merely fetches the value associated with
 the given field (where the available field names are listed in <a 
 href="#tab:fieldmap">table&#x00A0;4.1</a>) and stores the
@@ -12112,15 +12114,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\tmp</span></span></span>:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172">
 \glsletentryfield{\tmp}{apple}{desc}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5978--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5980--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 5979--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5981--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glossentrysymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49035"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5982--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5983--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -12128,33 +12130,33 @@ class="cmtt-10">} </span>but also checks for the existence of &#x27E8;<span
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. This
 command is not expandable. It&#8217;s used in some of the predefined glossary styles to
 display the symbol.
-</p><!--l. 5987--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5988--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glossentrysymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49036"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrysymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5989--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5990--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol </span>but converts the first letter to upper case. This
 command is not expandable.
-</p><!--l. 5993--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5994--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentrysymbolplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49037"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbolplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5995--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5996--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5996--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5997--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrysymbolplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49038"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbolplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5998--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5999--><p class="noindent" >
 These commands display the plural symbol for the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
 <span 
@@ -12162,63 +12164,63 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbolplural </span>makes the first letter upper case.
 expandable (unless the value of that key contains unexpandable commands). The
 second form is not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 6006--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6007--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuseri</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49039"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseri{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6008--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6009--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6009--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6010--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuseri</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49040"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseri{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6011--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6012--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6012--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6013--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuserii</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49041"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuserii{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6014--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6015--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6015--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6016--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuserii</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49042"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuserii{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6017--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6018--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6018--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6019--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuseriii</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49043"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseriii{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6020--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6021--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6021--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6022--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuseriii</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49044"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriii{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6023--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6024--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6024--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6025--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuseriv</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49045"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuseriv{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6026--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6027--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6027--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6028--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuseriv</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49046"></a> <span 
@@ -12227,39 +12229,39 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 6029--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6030--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6030--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6031--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuserv</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49047"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuserv{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6032--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6033--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6033--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6034--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuserv</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49048"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuserv{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6035--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6036--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6036--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6037--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryuservi</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49049"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryuservi{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6038--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6039--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6039--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6040--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryuservi</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49050"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryuservi{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6041--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6042--><p class="noindent" >
 These commands display the value of the user keys for the glossary entry
 given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. The lower case forms are expandable (unless the value of the
@@ -12268,7 +12270,7 @@ upper case letter convert the first letter of the required value to upper case
 and are not expandable. None of these commands check for the existence of
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 6050--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6051--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glshyperlink</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49051"></a> <span 
@@ -12277,7 +12279,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">link text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6052--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6053--><p class="noindent" >
 This command provides a hyperlink to the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; <span 
 class="cmbx-10">but does not add</span>
@@ -12298,7 +12300,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><a
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-49058"></a>
 package.
-</p><!--l. 6063--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
+</p><!--l. 6064--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span>, you need to ensure that the relevant entry has been
 added to the glossary using any of the commands described in <a 
 href="#sec:glslink"><span 
@@ -12309,28 +12311,28 @@ href="#sec:glsadd"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>7 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> otherwise
 you will end up with an undefined link. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6068--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6070--><p class="indent" >   The next two commands are only available with <a 
+</p><!--l. 6069--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6071--><p class="indent" >   The next two commands are only available with <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a> or with the
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span><a 
  id="dx1-49059"></a> package option:
-</p><!--l. 6072--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6073--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentrynumberlist</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49060"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6074--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6075--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6075--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6076--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49061"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6077--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6078--><p class="noindent" >
 Both display the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
  id="dx1-49062"></a></a> for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -12351,29 +12353,29 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
  id="dx1-49065"></a></a>) followed by one or two runs of
 <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;is required.
-</p><!--l. 6084--><p class="indent" >   The first command, <span 
+</p><!--l. 6085--><p class="indent" >   The first command, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span>, simply displays the number list as is. The second command,
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span>, formats the list using:
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 6087--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6088--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsnumlistsep</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49066"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnumlistsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6089--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6090--><p class="noindent" >
 as the separator between all but the last two elements and
-</p><!--l. 6091--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6092--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsnumlistlastsep</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-49067"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnumlistlastsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6093--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6094--><p class="noindent" >
 between the final two elements. The defaults are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">,&#x2423;</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x2423;\&amp;&#x2423;</span></span></span>, respectively.
-</p><!--l. 6097--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
+</p><!--l. 6098--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist </span>is fairly experimental. It works with <a 
 href="#option1">Option&#x00A0;1</a>, but for
 Options&#x00A0;<a 
@@ -12394,15 +12396,15 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
  id="dx1-49070"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist </span>will be used instead.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 6105--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6107--><p class="indent" >   For further information see &#8220;Displaying entry details without adding information
+</p><!--l. 6106--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6108--><p class="indent" >   For further information see &#8220;Displaying entry details without adding information
 to the glossary&#8221; in the documented code (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>).
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 6111--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 6111--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6112--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 6112--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">10. <a 
  id="sec:printglossary"></a>Displaying a glossary</h2>
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -12412,12 +12414,12 @@ class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
 class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;1</span></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     <!--l. 6116--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 6117--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printnoidxglossaries</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-50001"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6118--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6119--><p class="noindent" >
      (Must be used with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-50002"></a> in the preamble.)
@@ -12433,16 +12435,16 @@ href="#option3"><span
 class="cmbx-10">3</span></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     <!--l. 6122--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 6123--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printglossaries</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-50003"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6124--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6125--><p class="noindent" >
      (Must be used with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-50004"></a> in the preamble.)</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6128--><p class="indent" >   These commands will display all the glossaries in the order in which they were
+<!--l. 6129--><p class="indent" >   These commands will display all the glossaries in the order in which they were
 defined. Note that, in the case of Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a>, no glossaries will appear until you
@@ -12473,7 +12475,7 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;runs to make the glossaries appear, but
 make the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
  id="dx1-50010"></a>s</a> up-to-date.
-</p><!--l. 6138--><p class="indent" >   An individual glossary can be displayed using:
+</p><!--l. 6139--><p class="indent" >   An individual glossary can be displayed using:
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 <a 
 href="#option1"><span 
@@ -12481,14 +12483,14 @@ class="cmbx-10">Option</span><span
 class="cmbx-10">&#x00A0;1</span></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     <!--l. 6141--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 6142--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printnoidxglossary</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-50011"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6143--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6144--><p class="noindent" >
      (Must be used with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-50012"></a> in the preamble.)
@@ -12504,18 +12506,18 @@ href="#option3"><span
 class="cmbx-10">3</span></a><span 
 class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     <!--l. 6147--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 6148--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printglossary</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-50013"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6149--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6150--><p class="noindent" >
      (Must be used with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-50014"></a> in the preamble.)</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6152--><p class="noindent" >where &#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 6153--><p class="noindent" >where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9; is a &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; list of options. The following keys are available:
@@ -12530,7 +12532,7 @@ class="description">The value of this key specifies which glossary to print. If
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173">
      \printglossary[type=\acronymtype]
 </div>
-     <!--l. 6160--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can&#8217;t display an ignored glossary, so don&#8217;t try setting <span 
+     <!--l. 6161--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can&#8217;t display an ignored glossary, so don&#8217;t try setting <span 
 class="cmss-10">type</span><a 
  id="dx1-50016"></a> to the
      name of a glossary that was defined using <span 
@@ -12648,7 +12650,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">def </span>(order of definition) <span
 class="cmtt-10">nocase</span>
      (case-insensitive) or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">case </span>(case-sensitive).
-     <!--l. 6219--><p class="noindent" >The
+     <!--l. 6220--><p class="noindent" >The
      word
      and
      letter
@@ -12700,7 +12702,7 @@ class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a
      for
      further
      details.
-     </p><!--l. 6228--><p class="noindent" >If you don&#8217;t get an error with <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6229--><p class="noindent" >If you don&#8217;t get an error with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sort=use </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sort=def </span>but you do get an error
      with one of the other sort options, then you probably need to use the
@@ -12712,7 +12714,7 @@ class="cmss-10">sanitizesort=true</span><a
      commands in their <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-50049"></a> field.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6235--><p class="indent" >   By default, the glossary is started either by <span 
+<!--l. 6236--><p class="indent" >   By default, the glossary is started either by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\chapter*</span><a 
  id="dx1-50050"></a> or by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\section*</span><a 
@@ -12729,7 +12731,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\setglossarysection</span><a
 class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a 
  id="dx1-50055"></a> package option. Each glossary sets the page header via the
 command
-</p><!--l. 6241--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6242--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsglossarymark</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-50056"></a> <span 
@@ -12738,7 +12740,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span><a
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6243--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6244--><p class="noindent" >
 If this mechanism is unsuitable for your chosen class file or page style package, you
 will need to redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span><a 
@@ -12747,14 +12749,14 @@ commands is given in <a
 href="#sectioningheadingsandtocoptions"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>2.2 </a><a 
 href="#sectioningheadingsandtocoptions">Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sec --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6249--><p class="indent" >   Information can be added to the start of the glossary (after the title and before the
+</p><!--l. 6250--><p class="indent" >   Information can be added to the start of the glossary (after the title and before the
 main body of the glossary) by redefining
-</p><!--l. 6251--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6252--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glossarypreamble</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-50059"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6253--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6254--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -12763,9 +12765,9 @@ For example:
 \renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{Numbers&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;italic
 &#x00A0;<br />indicate&#x00A0;primary&#x00A0;definitions.}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6258--><p class="nopar" > This needs to be done before the glossary is displayed.
-</p><!--l. 6261--><p class="indent" >   If you want a different preamble per glossary you can use
-</p><!--l. 6262--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 6259--><p class="nopar" > This needs to be done before the glossary is displayed.
+</p><!--l. 6262--><p class="indent" >   If you want a different preamble per glossary you can use
+</p><!--l. 6263--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\setglossarypreamble</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-50060"></a> <span 
@@ -12775,11 +12777,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">preamble text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6264--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6265--><p class="noindent" >
 If &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9; is omitted, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype </span>is used.
-</p><!--l. 6267--><p class="indent" >   For example:
+</p><!--l. 6268--><p class="indent" >   For example:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -12787,24 +12789,24 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype </span>is used.
 \setglossarypreamble{Numbers&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;italic
 &#x00A0;<br />indicate&#x00A0;primary&#x00A0;definitions.}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6271--><p class="nopar" > This will print the given preamble text for the main glossary, but not have any
+<!--l. 6272--><p class="nopar" > This will print the given preamble text for the main glossary, but not have any
 preamble text for any other glossaries.
-</p><!--l. 6275--><p class="indent" >   There is an analogous command to <span 
+</p><!--l. 6276--><p class="indent" >   There is an analogous command to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble </span>called
-</p><!--l. 6276--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6277--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glossarypostamble</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-50061"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossarypostamble </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6278--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6279--><p class="noindent" >
 which is placed at the end of each glossary.
 <a 
  id="x1-50062r12"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6281--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+</p><!--l. 6282--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 12</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Switch to Two Column Mode for Glossary)</span><a 
  id="x1-50063"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6282--><p class="indent" >   Suppose you are using the <span 
+</p><!--l. 6283--><p class="indent" >   Suppose you are using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">superheaderborder</span><a 
  id="dx1-50064"></a>
 style<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
@@ -12823,21 +12825,21 @@ switch back to one column mode, you could do:
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glossarypostamble}{\onecolumn}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6296--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 6297--><p class="nopar" >
 </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 6298--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6298--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 6300--><p class="indent" >   Within each glossary, each entry name is formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 6301--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 6299--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6299--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 6301--><p class="indent" >   Within each glossary, each entry name is formatted according to
+</p><!--l. 6302--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsnamefont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-50069"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6303--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6304--><p class="noindent" >
 which takes one argument: the entry name. This command is always used regardless of
 the glossary style. By default, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>simply displays its argument in whatever
@@ -12858,13 +12860,13 @@ class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
 name in bold.
 <a 
  id="x1-50074r13"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6317--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+</p><!--l. 6318--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 13</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Changing the Font Used to Display Entry Names</span>
 <span 
 class="cmbx-12">in the Glossary)</span><a 
  id="x1-50075"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6318--><p class="indent" >   Suppose you want all the entry names to appear in medium weight small caps in
+</p><!--l. 6319--><p class="indent" >   Suppose you want all the entry names to appear in medium weight small caps in
 your glossaries, then you can do:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -12872,18 +12874,18 @@ your glossaries, then you can do:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177">
 \renewcommand{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textsc{\mdseries&#x00A0;#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6322--><p class="nopar" > </p>
+<!--l. 6323--><p class="nopar" > </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 6323--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6323--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 6324--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6324--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-<!--l. 6325--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 6325--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6326--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 6326--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">11. <a 
  id="sec:xindy"></a>Xindy (Option 3)</h2>
-</p><!--l. 6328--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use <a 
+</p><!--l. 6329--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-51001"></a></a> to sort the glossary, you must use the package option
@@ -12896,10 +12898,10 @@ class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178">
 \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6332--><p class="nopar" > This ensures that the glossary information is written in <span 
+<!--l. 6333--><p class="nopar" > This ensures that the glossary information is written in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-51003"></a> syntax.
-</p><!--l. 6336--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+</p><!--l. 6337--><p class="indent" >   <a 
 href="#sec:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>1.4 </a><a 
 href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> covers how to use the external
@@ -12912,42 +12914,42 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
  id="dx1-51004"></a></a> style file (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">.xdy</span><a 
  id="dx1-51005"></a>) and parameters.
-</p><!--l. 6341--><p class="indent" >   To assist writing information to the <a 
+</p><!--l. 6342--><p class="indent" >   To assist writing information to the <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-51006"></a></a> style file, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides
 the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 6344--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6345--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsopenbrace</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-51007"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsopenbrace </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6346--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6347--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6347--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6348--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsclosebrace</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-51008"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsclosebrace </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6349--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6350--><p class="noindent" >
 which produce an open and closing brace. (This is needed because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\{</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\}</span></span></span> don&#8217;t
 expand to a simple brace character when written to a file.) Similarly, you can write a
 percent character using:
-</p><!--l. 6354--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6355--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glspercentchar</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-51009"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspercentchar </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6356--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6357--><p class="noindent" >
 and a tilde character using:
-</p><!--l. 6358--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6359--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glstildechar</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-51010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6360--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6361--><p class="noindent" >
 For example, a newline character is specified in a <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
@@ -12957,24 +12959,24 @@ use <span
 class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar n </span>to write this correctly (or you can do <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\string~n</span></span></span>). A backslash
 can be written to a file using
-</p><!--l. 6365--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6366--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsbackslash</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-51012"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsbackslash </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6367--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6369--><p class="indent" >   In addition, if you are using a package that makes the double quote character
+</p><!--l. 6368--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6370--><p class="indent" >   In addition, if you are using a package that makes the double quote character
 active (e.g. <span 
 class="cmss-10">ngerman</span><a 
  id="dx1-51013"></a>) you can use:
-</p><!--l. 6371--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6372--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsquote</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-51014"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsquote{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6373--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6374--><p class="noindent" >
 which will produce <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
@@ -12983,7 +12985,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\string"</span></span></span> to write the
 double-quote character. This document assumes that the double quote character has
 not been made active, so the examples just use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">"</span></span></span> for clarity.
-</p><!--l. 6379--><p class="indent" >   If you want greater control over the <a 
+</p><!--l. 6380--><p class="indent" >   If you want greater control over the <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-51015"></a></a> style file than is available through the
@@ -13013,10 +13015,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">http://xindy.sourceforge.net/mailing-list.html</span></a>).
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 6390--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6391--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:langenc"></a>Language and Encodings</h3>
-<!--l. 6393--><p class="noindent" >When you use <a 
+<!--l. 6394--><p class="noindent" >When you use <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-52001"></a></a>, you need to specify the language and encoding used (unless you
@@ -13038,7 +13040,7 @@ language given your document settings, but in the event that it gets it wrong or
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-52006"></a> doesn&#8217;t support that language, then you can specify the required language
 using:
-</p><!--l. 6402--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6403--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-52007"></a> <span 
@@ -13048,7 +13050,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">language</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6404--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6405--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">language</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the language. The optional argument can be used if you
 have multiple glossaries in different languages. If &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13056,21 +13058,21 @@ class="cmti-10">glossary type</span>&#x27E9; is omitted, it will be
 applied to all glossaries, otherwise the language setting will only be applied to the
 glossary given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">glossary type</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 6412--><p class="indent" >   If the <span 
+</p><!--l. 6413--><p class="indent" >   If the <span 
 class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a 
  id="dx1-52008"></a> package is used, the encoding will be obtained from the
 value of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\inputencodingname</span><a 
  id="dx1-52009"></a>. Alternatively, you can specify the encoding
 using:
-</p><!--l. 6415--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6416--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-52010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6417--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6418--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the encoding. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -13079,8 +13081,8 @@ class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the encoding. For example:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179">
 \GlsSetXdyCodePage{utf8}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6421--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6423--><p class="indent" >   Note that you can also specify the language and encoding using the package option
+<!--l. 6422--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6424--><p class="indent" >   Note that you can also specify the language and encoding using the package option
 <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy={language=</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
@@ -13093,8 +13095,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></span>. For example:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180">
 \usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]{glossaries}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6429--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6431--><p class="indent" >   If you write your own custom <a 
+<!--l. 6430--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6432--><p class="indent" >   If you write your own custom <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-52011"></a></a> style file that includes the language settings,
@@ -13105,10 +13107,10 @@ you need to set the language to nothing:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181">
 \GlsSetXdyLanguage{}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6436--><p class="nopar" > (and remember to use <span 
+<!--l. 6437--><p class="nopar" > (and remember to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a 
  id="dx1-52012"></a> to prevent the style file from being overwritten).
-</p><!--l. 6440--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span 
+</p><!--l. 6441--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage </span>have no effect if
 you don&#8217;t use <a 
@@ -13124,13 +13126,13 @@ to remember to set the language and encoding using the <span
 class="cmtt-10">-L </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-C </span>switches.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 6446--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6448--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6447--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6449--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 6448--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6449--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:xindyloc"></a>Locations and Number lists</h3>
-<!--l. 6451--><p class="noindent" >If you use <span 
+<!--l. 6452--><p class="noindent" >If you use <span 
 class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-53001"></a>, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package needs to know which counters you will be using
@@ -13156,17 +13158,17 @@ class="cmti-10">before</span>
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-53008"></a> using:
-</p><!--l. 6459--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6460--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-53009"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6461--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6462--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter list</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of counter names.
-</p><!--l. 6464--><p class="indent" >   The most likely attributes used in the <span 
+</p><!--l. 6465--><p class="indent" >   The most likely attributes used in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">format</span><a 
  id="dx1-53010"></a> key (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">textrm</span><a 
@@ -13178,25 +13180,25 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-53013"></a></a> style file, but if you want to use another attribute,
 you need to add it using:
-</p><!--l. 6468--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6469--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-53014"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6470--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6471--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the attribute, as used in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">format</span><a 
  id="dx1-53015"></a> key.
 <a 
  id="x1-53016r14"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6474--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+</p><!--l. 6475--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 14</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Custom Font for Displaying a Location)</span><a 
  id="x1-53017"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6475--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want a bold, italic, hyperlinked location. I first need to define a
+</p><!--l. 6476--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want a bold, italic, hyperlinked location. I first need to define a
 command that will do this:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -13204,7 +13206,7 @@ command that will do this:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182">
 \newcommand*{\hyperbfit}[1]{\textit{\hyperbf{#1}}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6479--><p class="nopar" > but with <a 
+<!--l. 6480--><p class="nopar" > but with <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-53018"></a></a>, I also need to add this as an allowed attribute:
@@ -13214,7 +13216,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183">
 \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbfit}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6484--><p class="nopar" > Now I can use it in the optional argument of commands like <span 
+<!--l. 6485--><p class="nopar" > Now I can use it in the optional argument of commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-53019"></a>:
                                                                   
@@ -13223,13 +13225,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184">
 Here&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;\gls[format=hyperbfit]{sample}&#x00A0;entry.
 </div>
-<!--l. 6489--><p class="nopar" > (where <span 
+<!--l. 6490--><p class="nopar" > (where <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample </span>is the label of the required entry). </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 6491--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6491--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 6493--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
+<!--l. 6492--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6492--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 6494--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute </span>has no effect if <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a 
  id="dx1-53020"></a> is used or if
@@ -13243,10 +13245,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters </span>must come before
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6499--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6501--><p class="indent" >   If the location numbers include formatting commands, then you need to add a
+</p><!--l. 6500--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6502--><p class="indent" >   If the location numbers include formatting commands, then you need to add a
 location style in the appropriate format using
-</p><!--l. 6503--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6504--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-53023"></a> <span 
@@ -13258,7 +13260,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6505--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6506--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the format and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">definition</span>&#x27E9; is the <a 
@@ -13278,7 +13280,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsaddprotectedpagefmt</span><a
 href="#sec:numberlists"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>5 </a><a 
 href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 6513--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
+</p><!--l. 6514--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>has no effect if <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a 
  id="dx1-53026"></a> is used or if
@@ -13289,14 +13291,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>must be used before
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-53028"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6517--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6518--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="x1-53029r15"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6519--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+</p><!--l. 6520--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 15</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Custom Numbering System for Locations)</span><a 
  id="x1-53030"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6520--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I decide to use a somewhat eccentric numbering system for sections where
+</p><!--l. 6521--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I decide to use a somewhat eccentric numbering system for sections where
 I redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\thesection </span>as follows:
                                                                   
@@ -13305,7 +13307,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\thesection </span>as follows:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185">
 \renewcommand*{\thesection}{[\thechapter]\arabic{section}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6524--><p class="nopar" > If I haven&#8217;t done <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 6525--><p class="nopar" > If I haven&#8217;t done <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">counter=section</span></span></span> in the package option, I need to specify that the
 counter will be used as a location number:
                                                                   
@@ -13314,7 +13316,7 @@ counter will be used as a location number:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186">
 \GlsAddXdyCounters{section}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6530--><p class="nopar" > Next I need to add the location style (<span 
+<!--l. 6531--><p class="nopar" > Next I need to add the location style (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\thechapter </span>is assumed to be the standard
 <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\arabic{chapter}</span></span></span>):
@@ -13326,7 +13328,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\arabic{chapter}</span></span></span>):
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6537--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I have further decided to use the <span 
+<!--l. 6538--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I have further decided to use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-53031"></a> package and want to redefine
 <span 
@@ -13338,7 +13340,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\theHsection </span>as:
 \renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\thepart.\thesection}
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\thepart}{\Roman{part}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6543--><p class="nopar" > then I need to modify the <span 
+<!--l. 6544--><p class="nopar" > then I need to modify the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>code above to:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -13348,7 +13350,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>code above to:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"]"&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6549--><p class="nopar" > Since <span 
+<!--l. 6550--><p class="nopar" > Since <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Roman</span><a 
  id="dx1-53032"></a> will result in an empty string if the counter is zero, it&#8217;s a good idea to
 add an extra location to catch this:
@@ -13360,20 +13362,20 @@ add an extra location to catch this:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"]"&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6556--><p class="nopar" > This example is illustrated in the sample file <a 
+<!--l. 6557--><p class="nopar" > This example is illustrated in the sample file <a 
 href="#x1-5076r24"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">samplexdy2.tex</span></a>. </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 6559--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6559--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 6560--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6560--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
 <a 
  id="x1-53033r16"></a>
-<!--l. 6561--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+<!--l. 6562--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 16</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Locations as Words not Digits)</span><a 
  id="x1-53034"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6562--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want the page numbers written as words rather than digits and I&#x00A0;use
+</p><!--l. 6563--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want the page numbers written as words rather than digits and I&#x00A0;use
 the <span 
 class="cmss-10">fmtcount</span><a 
  id="dx1-53035"></a> package to do this. I&#x00A0;can redefine <span 
@@ -13385,7 +13387,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\thepage</span><a
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191">
 \renewcommand*{\thepage}{\Numberstring{page}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6567--><p class="nopar" > This gets expanded to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 6568--><p class="nopar" > This gets expanded to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\protect</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\Numberstringnum</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;</span></span></span><span 
@@ -13403,7 +13405,7 @@ form:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace"
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"arabic-numbers"&#x00A0;:sep&#x00A0;"\glsclosebrace"}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6575--><p class="nopar" > Note that it&#8217;s necessary to use <span 
+<!--l. 6576--><p class="nopar" > Note that it&#8217;s necessary to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\space </span>to indicate that spaces also appear
 in the format, since, unlike <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>, <a 
@@ -13411,14 +13413,14 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-53037"></a></a> doesn&#8217;t ignore spaces after control
 sequences.
-</p><!--l. 6580--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
+</p><!--l. 6581--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>will define commands in the
 form:
-</p><!--l. 6583--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6584--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsX</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">X</span></span></span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13428,7 +13430,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">Hprefix</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6584--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6585--><p class="noindent" >
 for each counter that has been identified either by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">counter</span><a 
  id="dx1-53038"></a> package option, the
@@ -13438,7 +13440,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newglossary</span><a
  id="dx1-53039"></a> or in the argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span><a 
  id="dx1-53040"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6589--><p class="indent" >   The first argument &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 6590--><p class="indent" >   The first argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">Hprefix</span>&#x27E9; is only relevant when used with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-53041"></a> package
@@ -13483,12 +13485,12 @@ class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9; commands:
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 &#x00A0;<br />\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[3]{\hyperlink{page.#3}{#1#2{#3}}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6610--><p class="nopar" > </p>
+<!--l. 6611--><p class="nopar" > </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 6611--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6611--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 6613--><p class="indent" >   In the <a 
+<!--l. 6612--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6612--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 6614--><p class="indent" >   In the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
  id="dx1-53045"></a></a>, the locations are sorted according to type. The default ordering is:
 <span 
@@ -13515,15 +13517,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span><a
 which they were defined), <span 
 class="cmtt-10">see </span>(cross-referenced entries). This ordering can be changed
 using:
-</p><!--l. 6629--><p class="indent" >   <span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6630--><p class="indent" >   <span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-53051"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6631--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6632--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location names</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6632--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6633--><p class="noindent" >
 where each location name is delimited by double quote marks and separated by white
 space. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -13541,8 +13543,8 @@ space. For example:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;"see"
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6646--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6648--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
+<!--l. 6647--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6649--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder </span>has no effect if <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a 
  id="dx1-53052"></a> is used or if
@@ -13553,23 +13555,23 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder </span>must be used before
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-53054"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6653--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6655--><p class="indent" >   If a <a 
+</p><!--l. 6654--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6656--><p class="indent" >   If a <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
  id="dx1-53055"></a></a> consists of a sequence of consecutive numbers, the range will be
 concatenated. The number of consecutive locations that causes a range formation
 defaults to 2, but can be changed using:
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 6660--><p class="indent" >   <span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6661--><p class="indent" >   <span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-53056"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6662--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6663--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">n</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6663--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6664--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -13577,14 +13579,14 @@ For example:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195">
 \GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{3}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6667--><p class="nopar" > The argument may also be the keyword <span 
+<!--l. 6668--><p class="nopar" > The argument may also be the keyword <span 
 class="cmtt-10">none</span>, to indicate that there should
 be no range formations. See the <a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-53057"></a></a> manual for further details on range
 formations.
-</p><!--l. 6672--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
+</p><!--l. 6673--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>has no effect if <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a 
  id="dx1-53058"></a> is used or if
@@ -13595,16 +13597,16 @@ class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>must be used before
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-53060"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6677--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6679--><p class="indent" >   See <a 
+</p><!--l. 6678--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6680--><p class="indent" >   See <a 
 href="#sec:numberlists"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>5 </a><a 
 href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a> for further details.
 </p>
-<!--l. 6681--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6682--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:groups"></a>Glossary Groups</h3>
-<!--l. 6684--><p class="noindent" >The glossary is divided into groups according to the first letter of the sort key. The
+<!--l. 6685--><p class="noindent" >The glossary is divided into groups according to the first letter of the sort key. The
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package also adds a number group by default, unless you suppress it in the
 <span 
@@ -13616,21 +13618,21 @@ class="cmss-10">xindy</span><a
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196">
 \usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6690--><p class="nopar" > Any entry that doesn&#8217;t go in one of the letter groups or the number group is placed in
+<!--l. 6691--><p class="nopar" > Any entry that doesn&#8217;t go in one of the letter groups or the number group is placed in
 the default group.
-</p><!--l. 6694--><p class="indent" >   If you have a number group, the default behaviour is to locate it before the &#8220;A&#8221;
+</p><!--l. 6695--><p class="indent" >   If you have a number group, the default behaviour is to locate it before the &#8220;A&#8221;
 letter group. If you are not using a Roman alphabet, you can change this
 using:
-</p><!--l. 6698--><p class="indent" >   <span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6699--><p class="indent" >   <span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-54002"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6700--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6701--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">letter</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6701--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6703--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
+</p><!--l. 6702--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6704--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits </span>has no effect if <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\noist</span><a 
  id="dx1-54003"></a> is used or
@@ -13642,16 +13644,16 @@ before <span
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-54005"></a>.
    </div>
-</p><!--l. 6708--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6709--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 6710--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 6710--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6711--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 6711--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">12. <a 
  id="sec:newglossary"></a>Defining New Glossaries</h2>
-</p><!--l. 6713--><p class="indent" >   A new glossary can be defined using:
-</p><!--l. 6714--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6714--><p class="indent" >   A new glossary can be defined using:
+</p><!--l. 6715--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\newglossary</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-55001"></a> <span 
@@ -13670,7 +13672,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6716--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6717--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the label to assign to this glossary. The arguments &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">in-ext</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13705,16 +13707,16 @@ class="cmti-10">log-ext</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span
 class="cmti-10">in-ext</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">out-ext</span>&#x27E9; arguments are
 ignored.
-</p><!--l. 6730--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The glossary label &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 6731--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The glossary label &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; must not contain any active characters. It&#8217;s generally
 best to stick with just characters that have category code&#x00A0;11 (typically the
 non-extended <a 
 href="#glo:latinchar">Latin character<a 
  id="dx1-55006"></a>s</a> for standard <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>). </div>
-</p><!--l. 6735--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6737--><p class="indent" >   There is also a starred version (new to v4.08):
-</p><!--l. 6738--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6736--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6738--><p class="indent" >   There is also a starred version (new to v4.08):
+</p><!--l. 6739--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\newglossary*</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-55007"></a> <span 
@@ -13725,7 +13727,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6740--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6741--><p class="noindent" >
 which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -13748,7 +13750,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div>
 </div> or you can also use:
-<!--l. 6746--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 6747--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\altnewglossary</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-55008"></a> <span 
@@ -13762,7 +13764,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6748--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6749--><p class="noindent" >
 which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -13785,7 +13787,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div>
 </div>
-<!--l. 6754--><p class="indent" >   It may be that you have some terms or acronyms that are so common
+<!--l. 6755--><p class="indent" >   It may be that you have some terms or acronyms that are so common
 that they don&#8217;t need to be listed. In this case, you can define a&#x00A0;special type
 of glossary that doesn&#8217;t create any associated files. This is referred to as
 an &#8220;ignored glossary&#8221; and it&#8217;s ignored by commands that iterate over all
@@ -13795,14 +13797,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a
 use
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 6760--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6761--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\newignoredglossary</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-55010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6762--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6763--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the glossary (as above). This glossary type will
 automatically be added to the <span 
@@ -13812,8 +13814,8 @@ entries in an ignored glossary. (The sample file <a
 href="#x1-5099r32"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a> defines an
 ignored glossary.)
-</p><!--l. 6769--><p class="indent" >   You can test if a glossary is an ignored one using:
-</p><!--l. 6770--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6770--><p class="indent" >   You can test if a glossary is an ignored one using:
+</p><!--l. 6771--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ifignoredglossary</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-55012"></a> <span 
@@ -13824,20 +13826,20 @@ class="cmitt-10">true</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6772--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6773--><p class="noindent" >
 This does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; if &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; was defined as an ignored glossary, otherwise it does
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 6776--><p class="indent" >   Note that the main (default) glossary is automatically created as:
+</p><!--l. 6777--><p class="indent" >   Note that the main (default) glossary is automatically created as:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197">
 \newglossary{main}{gls}{glo}{\glossaryname}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6779--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span 
+<!--l. 6780--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span 
 class="cmtt-10">main </span>(unless the <span 
 class="cmss-10">nomain</span><a 
  id="dx1-55013"></a> package option is used).
@@ -13850,7 +13852,7 @@ class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198">
 \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6785--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span 
+<!--l. 6786--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span 
 class="cmtt-10">acronym</span>. If you are not sure whether the <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-55015"></a>
@@ -13869,7 +13871,7 @@ list of acronyms, you need to declare it as a list of acronyms using the package
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a 
  id="dx1-55018"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6796--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 6797--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbols</span><a 
  id="dx1-55019"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span 
 class="cmtt-10">symbols</span>
@@ -13880,7 +13882,7 @@ using:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199">
 \newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6800--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
+<!--l. 6801--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
 class="cmss-10">numbers</span><a 
  id="dx1-55020"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span 
 class="cmtt-10">numbers</span>
@@ -13891,7 +13893,7 @@ using:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200">
 \newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6805--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
+<!--l. 6806--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
 class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
  id="dx1-55021"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span 
 class="cmtt-10">index </span>using:
@@ -13901,14 +13903,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">index </span>using:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201">
 \newglossary[ilg]{index}{ind}{idx}{\indexname}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6810--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6812--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Options&#x00A0;<a 
+<!--l. 6811--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6813--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Options&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a>: all glossaries must be defined before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-55022"></a> to
 ensure that the relevant output files are opened.
-</p><!--l. 6816--><p class="indent" >   See <a 
+</p><!--l. 6817--><p class="indent" >   See <a 
 href="#sec:fixednames"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>1.3.1 </a><a 
 href="#sec:fixednames">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> if you want to redefine <span 
@@ -13925,15 +13927,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">\indexname</span><a
  id="dx1-55025"></a>, just follow the
 advice in <a 
 href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=fixnam" >How to change LaTeX&#8217;s &#8220;fixed names&#8221;</a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6823--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6824--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 6825--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 6825--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6826--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 6826--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">13. <a 
  id="sec:acronyms"></a>Acronyms</h2>
-</p><!--l. 6828--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although this chapter uses the term &#8220;acronym&#8221;, you can also use the
+</p><!--l. 6829--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although this chapter uses the term &#8220;acronym&#8221;, you can also use the
 commands described here for abbreviations or contractions (as in the case of some of
 the examples given below). If the glossary title is no longer applicable (for example, it
 should be &#8220;Abbreviations&#8221; rather than &#8220;Acronyms&#8221;) then you can change the title
@@ -13951,8 +13953,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
 class="cmtt-10">\printacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-56004"></a>).
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 6838--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6840--><p class="indent" >   You may have noticed in <a 
+</p><!--l. 6839--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6841--><p class="indent" >   You may have noticed in <a 
 href="#sec:newglosentry"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>4 </a><a 
 href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a> that when you specify a new
@@ -13961,7 +13963,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first used</a> in the
 document. This provides a useful means to define acronyms. For convenience, the
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package defines the command:
-</p><!--l. 6845--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6846--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\newacronym</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56005"></a> <span 
@@ -13975,8 +13977,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6847--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6849--><p class="indent" >   This uses <span 
+</p><!--l. 6848--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6850--><p class="indent" >   This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-56006"></a> to create an entry with the given label in the
 glossary given by <span 
@@ -13997,7 +13999,7 @@ class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
  id="dx1-56012"></a> keys in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to store the long and
 abbreviated forms and their plurals.
-</p><!--l. 6857--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you haven&#8217;t identified the specified glossary type as a list of acronyms (via the
+</p><!--l. 6858--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you haven&#8217;t identified the specified glossary type as a list of acronyms (via the
 package option <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span><a 
  id="dx1-56013"></a> or the command <span 
@@ -14020,8 +14022,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><a
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a 
  id="dx1-56017"></a>) before defining your entries.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 6868--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6870--><p class="indent" >   The optional argument <span 
+</p><!--l. 6869--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6871--><p class="indent" >   The optional argument <span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key-val list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>allows you to specify keys such as <span 
@@ -14046,7 +14048,7 @@ class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
 \newacronym[longplural={diagonal&#x00A0;matrices}]%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{dm}{DM}{diagonal&#x00A0;matrix}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6880--><p class="nopar" > If the <a 
+<!--l. 6881--><p class="nopar" > If the <a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;uses the plural form, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl{dm}</span></span></span> will display: diagonal matrices
 (DMs). If you want to use the <span 
@@ -14058,7 +14060,7 @@ class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
 class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a 
  id="dx1-56023"></a> to set the display style rather than using one of the pre-version
 4.02 acronym styles.
-</p><!--l. 6887--><p class="indent" >   Since <span 
+</p><!--l. 6888--><p class="indent" >   Since <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-56024"></a> uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
@@ -14068,7 +14070,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
 and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsreset</span><a 
  id="dx1-56027"></a> as with any other glossary entry.
-</p><!--l. 6891--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span 
+</p><!--l. 6892--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>sets <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">type=\acronymtype</span></span></span>, if you want to load a file containing
 acronym definitions using <span 
@@ -14089,21 +14091,21 @@ href="#sec:loadglsentries"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>4.6 </a><a 
 href="#sec:loadglsentries">Loading
 Entries From a File<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:loadglsentries --></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6898--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6899--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="x1-56030r17"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6900--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+</p><!--l. 6901--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 17</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining an Acronym)</span><a 
  id="x1-56031"></a>
-</p><!--l. 6901--><p class="indent" >   The following defines the acronym IDN:
+</p><!--l. 6902--><p class="indent" >   The following defines the acronym IDN:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203">
 \newacronym{idn}{IDN}{identification&#x00A0;number}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6904--><p class="nopar" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 6905--><p class="nopar" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{idn}</span></span></span> will produce &#8220;identification number (IDN)&#8221; on <a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;and &#8220;IDN&#8221; on
 subsequent uses. If you want to use one of the smallcaps acronym styles, described in
@@ -14118,7 +14120,7 @@ shortened form:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204">
 \newacronym{idn}{idn}{identification&#x00A0;number}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6912--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 6913--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{idn}</span></span></span> will produce &#8220;identification number (<span 
 class="cmcsc-10"><span 
 class="small-caps">i</span><span 
@@ -14132,9 +14134,9 @@ class="small-caps">n</span></span>&#8221; on
 subsequent uses. </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 6916--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6916--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 6918--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described below are similar to the <a 
+<!--l. 6917--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6917--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 6919--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described below are similar to the <a 
 href="#x1-430006.2"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands in
 that they don&#8217;t modify the <a 
@@ -14148,8 +14150,8 @@ apply to the <a
 href="#x1-430006.2"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands also apply to the following commands.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 6924--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6926--><p class="indent" >   The optional arguments are the same as those for the <a 
+</p><!--l. 6925--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6927--><p class="indent" >   The optional arguments are the same as those for the <a 
 href="#x1-430006.2"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands,
 and there are similar star and plus variants that switch off or on the hyperlinks. As
@@ -14161,7 +14163,7 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a 
  id="dx1-56035"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6931--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6932--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\acrshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56036"></a> <span 
@@ -14172,7 +14174,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6933--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6934--><p class="noindent" >
 This sets the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-56037"></a></a> to the short form (within the argument of <span 
@@ -14185,8 +14187,8 @@ class="cmss-10">short</span><a
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-56040"></a> implicitly sets.
-</p><!--l. 6939--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous upper case variants:
-</p><!--l. 6940--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6940--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous upper case variants:
+</p><!--l. 6941--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Acrshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56041"></a> <span 
@@ -14197,8 +14199,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6942--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6943--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6943--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6944--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ACRshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56042"></a> <span 
@@ -14209,9 +14211,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6945--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6946--><p class="noindent" >
 There are also plural versions:
-</p><!--l. 6947--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6948--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\acrshortpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56043"></a> <span 
@@ -14222,8 +14224,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6949--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6950--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6950--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6951--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Acrshortpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56044"></a> <span 
@@ -14234,8 +14236,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6952--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6953--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6953--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6954--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ACRshortpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56045"></a> <span 
@@ -14246,14 +14248,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6955--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6956--><p class="noindent" >
 The short plural form is as supplied by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-56046"></a> key, which <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-56047"></a>
 implicitly sets.
-</p><!--l. 6959--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6960--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\acrlong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56048"></a> <span 
@@ -14266,7 +14268,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 6961--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6962--><p class="noindent" >
 This sets the <a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link text<a 
  id="dx1-56049"></a></a> to the long form for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14276,8 +14278,8 @@ class="cmss-10">long</span><a
  id="dx1-56050"></a> key, which <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-56051"></a> implicitly sets.
-</p><!--l. 6966--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous upper case variants:
-</p><!--l. 6967--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6967--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous upper case variants:
+</p><!--l. 6968--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Acrlong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56052"></a> <span 
@@ -14288,8 +14290,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6969--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6970--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6970--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6971--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ACRlong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56053"></a> <span 
@@ -14300,9 +14302,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6972--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6973--><p class="noindent" >
 Again there are also plural versions:
-</p><!--l. 6974--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6975--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\acrlongpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56054"></a> <span 
@@ -14313,8 +14315,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6976--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6977--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6977--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6978--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Acrlongpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56055"></a> <span 
@@ -14325,8 +14327,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6979--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6980--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6980--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6981--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ACRlongpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56056"></a> <span 
@@ -14337,14 +14339,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6982--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6983--><p class="noindent" >
 The long plural form is as supplied by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-56057"></a> key, which <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-56058"></a>
 implicitly sets.
-</p><!--l. 6986--><p class="indent" >   The commands below display the full form of the acronym, but note that
+</p><!--l. 6987--><p class="indent" >   The commands below display the full form of the acronym, but note that
 this isn&#8217;t necessarily the same as the form used on <a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. These full-form
 commands are shortcuts that use the above commands, rather than creating
@@ -14353,7 +14355,7 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link text<a
  id="dx1-56059"></a></a> from the complete full form. These full-form commands have
 star and plus variants and optional arguments that are passed to the above
 commands.
-</p><!--l. 6993--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6994--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\acrfull</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56060"></a> <span 
@@ -14364,9 +14366,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6995--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6996--><p class="noindent" >
 This is a shortcut for
-</p><!--l. 6997--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6998--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\acrfullfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56061"></a> <span 
@@ -14377,7 +14379,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6999--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7000--><p class="noindent" >
 which by default does </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -14404,7 +14406,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
 class="cmsy-10">}</span>
 </div>
 </div> where
-<!--l. 7007--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 7008--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\acrfullformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56062"></a> <span 
@@ -14413,14 +14415,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7009--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7010--><p class="noindent" >
 by default does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;). (For further details of these format commands see the
 documented code, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 7015--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous upper case variants:
-</p><!--l. 7016--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7016--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous upper case variants:
+</p><!--l. 7017--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Acrfull</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56063"></a> <span 
@@ -14433,8 +14435,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 7018--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7019--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7019--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7020--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ACRfull</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56064"></a> <span 
@@ -14445,9 +14447,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7021--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7022--><p class="noindent" >
 and plural versions:
-</p><!--l. 7023--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7024--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\acrfullpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56065"></a> <span 
@@ -14458,8 +14460,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7025--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7026--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7026--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7027--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Acrfullpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56066"></a> <span 
@@ -14470,8 +14472,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7028--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7029--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7029--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7030--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ACRfullpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56067"></a> <span 
@@ -14482,8 +14484,8 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7031--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7033--><p class="indent" >   If you find the above commands too cumbersome to write, you can use the
+</p><!--l. 7032--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7034--><p class="indent" >   If you find the above commands too cumbersome to write, you can use the
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span><a 
  id="dx1-56068"></a> package option to activate the shorter command names listed in
@@ -14493,7 +14495,7 @@ href="#tab:shortcuts">table&#x00A0;13.1</a>.
    <div class="table">
                                                                   
                                                                   
-<!--l. 7037--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+<!--l. 7038--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="tab:shortcuts"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
 >
                                                                   
@@ -14645,7 +14647,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a
                                                                   
    </div><hr class="endfloat" />
    </div>
-<!--l. 7063--><p class="indent" >   It is also possible to access the long and short forms without adding information to
+<!--l. 7064--><p class="indent" >   It is also possible to access the long and short forms without adding information to
 the glossary using commands analogous to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a 
  id="dx1-56102"></a> (described in <a 
@@ -14653,7 +14655,7 @@ href="#sec:glsnolink"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>9 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glsnolink">Using
 Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 7067--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands that convert the first letter to upper case come with the same
+</p><!--l. 7068--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands that convert the first letter to upper case come with the same
 caveats as those for analogous commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a 
  id="dx1-56103"></a> (non-expandable,
@@ -14663,95 +14665,95 @@ href="#sec:glsnolink"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>9 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 7073--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7075--><p class="indent" >   The long form can be accessed using:
-</p><!--l. 7076--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7074--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7076--><p class="indent" >   The long form can be accessed using:
+</p><!--l. 7077--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentrylong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56104"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7078--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7079--><p class="noindent" >
 or, with the first letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 7080--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7081--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrylong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56105"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7082--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7083--><p class="noindent" >
 Plural forms:
-</p><!--l. 7084--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7085--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentrylongpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56106"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylongpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7086--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7087--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7087--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7088--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentrylongpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56107"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylongpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7089--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7091--><p class="indent" >   Similarly, to access the short form:
-</p><!--l. 7092--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7090--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7092--><p class="indent" >   Similarly, to access the short form:
+</p><!--l. 7093--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56108"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7094--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7095--><p class="noindent" >
 or, with the first letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 7096--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7097--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56109"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7098--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7099--><p class="noindent" >
 Plural forms:
-</p><!--l. 7100--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7101--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryshortpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56110"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshortpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7102--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7103--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7103--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7104--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryshortpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56111"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryshortpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7105--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7107--><p class="indent" >   And the full form can be obtained using:
-</p><!--l. 7108--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7106--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7108--><p class="indent" >   And the full form can be obtained using:
+</p><!--l. 7109--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfull</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56112"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7110--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7111--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7111--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7112--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfull</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56113"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7113--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7114--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7114--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7115--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryfullpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56114"></a> <span 
@@ -14760,36 +14762,36 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 7116--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7117--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7117--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7118--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryfullpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-56115"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7119--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7120--><p class="noindent" >
 These again use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrfullformat</span><a 
  id="dx1-56116"></a> by default, but the format may be redefined by the
 acronym style.
 </p>
-<!--l. 7123--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 7124--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:setacronymstyle"></a>Changing the Acronym Style</h3>
-<!--l. 7126--><p class="noindent" >It may be that the default style doesn&#8217;t suit your requirements in which case you can
+<!--l. 7127--><p class="noindent" >It may be that the default style doesn&#8217;t suit your requirements in which case you can
 switch to another styles using
-</p><!--l. 7128--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7129--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\setacronymstyle</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-57001"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">style name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7130--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7131--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the required style.
-</p><!--l. 7133--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span 
+</p><!--l. 7134--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span><span 
 class="cmti-10">before </span>you define the acronyms with
 <span 
@@ -14798,8 +14800,8 @@ use <span
 class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span><span 
 class="cmti-10">after </span>using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\DeclareAcronymList</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7138--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7140--><p class="indent" >   Note that unlike the default behaviour of <span 
+</p><!--l. 7139--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7141--><p class="indent" >   Note that unlike the default behaviour of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>, the styles used
 via <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>don&#8217;t use the <span 
@@ -14822,22 +14824,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span><a
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a 
  id="dx1-57008"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7150--><p class="indent" >   Note that when you use <span 
+</p><!--l. 7151--><p class="indent" >   Note that when you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle </span>the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-57009"></a> key is set to
-</p><!--l. 7152--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7153--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\acronymentry</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-57010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7154--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7155--><p class="noindent" >
 and the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-57011"></a> key is set to
-</p><!--l. 7156--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7157--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\acronymsort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-57012"></a> <span 
@@ -14846,21 +14848,21 @@ class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7158--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7159--><p class="noindent" >
 These commands are redefined by the acronym styles. However, you can redefine them
 again after the style has been set but before you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. Protected
 expansion is performed on <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort </span>when the entry is defined.
-</p><!--l. 7164--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7165--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 7164--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 7165--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:predefinedacrstyles"></a>Predefined Acronym Styles</h4>
-<!--l. 7167--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+<!--l. 7168--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides a&#x00A0;number of predefined styles. These styles
 apply
-</p><!--l. 7169--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7170--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\firstacronymfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-58001"></a> <span 
@@ -14869,16 +14871,16 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 7171--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7172--><p class="noindent" >
 to the short form on first use and
-</p><!--l. 7173--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7174--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\acronymfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-58002"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7175--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7176--><p class="noindent" >
 on subsequent use. The styles modify the definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>as required, but
 <span 
@@ -14899,7 +14901,7 @@ form displayed differently on first use, you can redefine <span
 class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-58006"></a>
 independently of the acronym style.
-</p><!--l. 7185--><p class="indent" >   The predefined styles that contain <span 
+</p><!--l. 7186--><p class="indent" >   The predefined styles that contain <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sc </span>in their name (for example <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a 
  id="dx1-58007"></a>)
@@ -14908,9 +14910,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>to use <span
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a 
  id="dx1-58008"></a>, which means that the short form needs to be
 specified in lower case.
-</p><!--l. 7191--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+</p><!--l. 7192--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="boldsc"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7192--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note">Some fonts don&#8217;t support bold smallcaps, so you may need to redefine
+</p><!--l. 7193--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note">Some fonts don&#8217;t support bold smallcaps, so you may need to redefine
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span><a 
  id="dx1-58009"></a> (see <a 
@@ -14921,8 +14923,8 @@ using a glossary style that displays entry names in bold and you have chosen an
 acronym style that uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a 
  id="dx1-58010"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7198--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7200--><p class="indent" >   The predefined styles that contain <span 
+</p><!--l. 7199--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7201--><p class="indent" >   The predefined styles that contain <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sm </span>in their name (for example <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a 
  id="dx1-58011"></a>)
@@ -14930,9 +14932,9 @@ redefine <span
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a 
  id="dx1-58012"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7204--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+</p><!--l. 7205--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="smaller"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7205--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span 
+</p><!--l. 7206--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package doesn&#8217;t define or load any package that defines
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span><a 
@@ -14945,14 +14947,14 @@ class="cmss-10">relsize</span><a
  id="dx1-58015"></a> package or otherwise define
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 7211--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7213--><p class="indent" >   The remaining predefined styles redefine <span 
+</p><!--l. 7212--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7214--><p class="indent" >   The remaining predefined styles redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>to simply do its
 argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 7216--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In most cases, the predefined styles adjust <span 
+</p><!--l. 7217--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In most cases, the predefined styles adjust <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a 
  id="dx1-58016"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a 
@@ -14963,8 +14965,8 @@ class="cmss-10">dua</span><a
  id="dx1-58018"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a 
  id="dx1-58019"></a> styles (and their variants). </div>
-</p><!--l. 7221--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7223--><p class="indent" >   The following styles are supplied by the <span 
+</p><!--l. 7222--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7224--><p class="indent" >   The following styles are supplied by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
      <li class="itemize"><span 
@@ -14974,17 +14976,17 @@ class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a
  id="dx1-58021"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a 
  id="dx1-58022"></a>:
-     <!--l. 7229--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, acronyms are displayed in the form
-     </p><!--l. 7231--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition">&#x27E8;<span 
+     <!--l. 7230--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, acronyms are displayed in the form
+     </p><!--l. 7232--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition">&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9; <span 
 class="cmtt-10">(\firstacronymfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-58023"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}) </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 7232--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 7233--><p class="noindent" >
      on first use and
-     </p><!--l. 7235--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 7236--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-58024"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -14992,7 +14994,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-     </p><!--l. 7236--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 7237--><p class="noindent" >
      on subsequent use. They also set <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15018,9 +15020,9 @@ class="cmss-10">sc-short-long</span><a
  id="dx1-58027"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">sm-short-long</span><a 
  id="dx1-58028"></a>:
-     <!--l. 7247--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are analogous to the above three styles, except the display
+     <!--l. 7248--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are analogous to the above three styles, except the display
      order is swapped to
-     </p><!--l. 7250--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 7251--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-58029"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15028,9 +15030,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">} (</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">) </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 7251--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 7252--><p class="noindent" >
      on first use.
-     </p><!--l. 7254--><p class="noindent" >Note, however, that <span 
+     </p><!--l. 7255--><p class="noindent" >Note, however, that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a 
  id="dx1-58030"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a 
@@ -15047,7 +15049,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long-sc-short-desc</span><a
  id="dx1-58033"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sm-short-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-58034"></a>:
-     <!--l. 7261--><p class="noindent" >These are like the <span 
+     <!--l. 7262--><p class="noindent" >These are like the <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a 
  id="dx1-58035"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a 
@@ -15092,15 +15094,15 @@ class="cmss-10">sc-short-long-desc</span><a
  id="dx1-58044"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">sm-short-long-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-58045"></a>:
-     <!--l. 7276--><p class="noindent" >These styles are analogous to the above three styles, but the first use display
+     <!--l. 7277--><p class="noindent" >These styles are analogous to the above three styles, but the first use display
      style is:
-     </p><!--l. 7279--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 7280--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} (</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">) </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 7280--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 7281--><p class="noindent" >
      The definitions of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry </span>are the same as those for
@@ -15113,7 +15115,7 @@ class="cmss-10">dua</span><a
  id="dx1-58047"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-58048"></a>:
-     <!--l. 7286--><p class="noindent" >With these styles, the <a 
+     <!--l. 7287--><p class="noindent" >With these styles, the <a 
 href="#x1-420006.1"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands always display the long form
      regardless of whether the entry has been used or not. However, <span 
@@ -15154,10 +15156,10 @@ class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a
  id="dx1-58059"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a 
  id="dx1-58060"></a>:
-     <!--l. 7298--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, on first use the <a 
+     <!--l. 7299--><p class="noindent" >With these three styles, on first use the <a 
 href="#x1-420006.1"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands display:
-     </p><!--l. 7300--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 7301--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}\footnote</span><a 
@@ -15165,7 +15167,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}\footnote</span><a
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 7301--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 7302--><p class="noindent" >
      However, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a 
  id="dx1-58062"></a> and <span 
@@ -15176,11 +15178,11 @@ class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>(&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;).
      On subsequent use the display is:
-     </p><!--l. 7305--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 7306--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 7306--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 7307--><p class="noindent" >
      The <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-58064"></a> and <span 
@@ -15189,12 +15191,12 @@ class="cmss-10">name</span><a
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-58066"></a> is set to the
      long form.
-     </p><!--l. 7311--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to avoid nested hyperlinks on <a 
+     </p><!--l. 7312--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to avoid nested hyperlinks on <a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;the footnote styles
      automatically implement <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperfirst=false</span><a 
  id="dx1-58067"></a> for the acronym lists. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 7315--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 7316--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></li>
      <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span><a 
@@ -15203,7 +15205,7 @@ class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a
  id="dx1-58069"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sm-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-58070"></a>:
-     <!--l. 7320--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are similar to the previous three styles, but the description
+     <!--l. 7321--><p class="noindent" >These three styles are similar to the previous three styles, but the description
      has to be supplied in the optional argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-58071"></a>. The <span 
@@ -15224,11 +15226,11 @@ class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a
      </li></ul>
 <a 
  id="x1-58076r18"></a>
-<!--l. 7331--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+<!--l. 7332--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 18</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Adapting a Predefined Acronym Style)</span><a 
  id="x1-58077"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7332--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I&#x00A0;want to use the <span 
+</p><!--l. 7333--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I&#x00A0;want to use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-58078"></a> style, but I&#x00A0;want the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
@@ -15246,7 +15248,7 @@ style:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205">
 \setacronymstyle{footnote-sc-desc}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7338--><p class="nopar" > and then redefine <span 
+<!--l. 7339--><p class="nopar" > and then redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a 
  id="dx1-58082"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a 
@@ -15259,10 +15261,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\acronymentry}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{#1}}\space&#x00A0;(\glsentrylong{#1})}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 7344--><p class="nopar" > (I&#8217;ve used <span 
+<!--l. 7345--><p class="nopar" > (I&#8217;ve used <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\space </span>for extra clarity, but you can just use an actual space
 instead.)
-</p><!--l. 7348--><p class="indent" >   Since the default Computer Modern fonts don&#8217;t support bold smallcaps, I&#8217;m also
+</p><!--l. 7349--><p class="indent" >   Since the default Computer Modern fonts don&#8217;t support bold smallcaps, I&#8217;m also
 going to redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-58084"></a> so that it always switches to medium weight to ensure
@@ -15273,24 +15275,24 @@ the smallcaps setting is used:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207">
 \renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textmd{\scshape&#x00A0;#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7354--><p class="nopar" > This isn&#8217;t necessary if you use a font that supports bold smallcaps.
-</p><!--l. 7357--><p class="indent" >   The sample file <a 
+<!--l. 7355--><p class="nopar" > This isn&#8217;t necessary if you use a font that supports bold smallcaps.
+</p><!--l. 7358--><p class="indent" >   The sample file <a 
 href="#x1-5027r9"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">sampleFnAcrDesc.tex</span></a> illustrates this example. </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 7359--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7359--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 7361--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 7360--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7360--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 7362--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 7361--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 7362--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:customacronym"></a>Defining A Custom Acronym Style</h4>
-<!--l. 7364--><p class="noindent" >You may find that the predefined acronyms styles that come with the <span 
+<!--l. 7365--><p class="noindent" >You may find that the predefined acronyms styles that come with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
 package don&#8217;t suit your requirements. In this case you can define your own style
 using:
-</p><!--l. 7367--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7368--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\newacronymstyle</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-59001"></a> <span 
@@ -15302,7 +15304,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">definitions</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7369--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7370--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the new style (avoid active characters). The second
 argument, &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15344,13 +15346,13 @@ class="cmti-10">display</span>&#x27E9; as
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208">
 \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 7384--><p class="nopar" > (You can use <span 
+<!--l. 7385--><p class="nopar" > (You can use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasshort</span><a 
  id="dx1-59012"></a> instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><a 
  id="dx1-59013"></a> to test if the entry is an
 acronym if you prefer.)
-</p><!--l. 7388--><p class="indent" >   The third argument, &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 7389--><p class="indent" >   The third argument, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">definitions</span>&#x27E9;, can be used to redefine the commands that affect
 the display style, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a 
@@ -15360,7 +15362,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsgenacfmt</span>,
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\genacrfullformat</span><a 
  id="dx1-59015"></a> and its variants.
-</p><!--l. 7393--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
+</p><!--l. 7394--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a 
  id="dx1-59016"></a> redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a 
@@ -15378,15 +15380,15 @@ class="cmss-10">dua</span><a
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle </span>should redefine these commands within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">definitions</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 7401--><p class="indent" >   Within <span 
+</p><!--l. 7402--><p class="indent" >   Within <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span>&#8217;s &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">definitions</span>&#x27E9; argument you can also redefine
-</p><!--l. 7403--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7404--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GenericAcronymFields</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-59022"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GenericAcronymFields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7405--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7406--><p class="noindent" >
 This is a list of additional fields to be set in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-59023"></a>. You can use the
@@ -15418,7 +15420,7 @@ class="cmss-10">long-short</span><a
 \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={\the\glslongtok}}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 7416--><p class="nopar" > which sets the <span 
+<!--l. 7417--><p class="nopar" > which sets the <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-59029"></a> field to the long form of the acronym whereas the
 <span 
@@ -15430,32 +15432,32 @@ class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210">
 \renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 7421--><p class="nopar" > since the description needs to be specified by the user.
-</p><!--l. 7424--><p class="indent" >   It may be that you want to define a new acronym style that&#8217;s based on an existing
+<!--l. 7422--><p class="nopar" > since the description needs to be specified by the user.
+</p><!--l. 7425--><p class="indent" >   It may be that you want to define a new acronym style that&#8217;s based on an existing
 style. Within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">display</span>&#x27E9; you can use
-</p><!--l. 7427--><p class="indent" >   <span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7428--><p class="indent" >   <span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-59031"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7429--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7430--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsUseAcrEntryDispStyle{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">style name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7430--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7431--><p class="noindent" >
 to use the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">display</span>&#x27E9; definition from the style given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style name</span>&#x27E9;. Within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">definitions</span>&#x27E9;
 you can use
-</p><!--l. 7433--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7434--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-59032"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsUseAcrStyleDefs{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">style name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7435--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7436--><p class="noindent" >
 to use the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">definitions</span>&#x27E9; from the style given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style name</span>&#x27E9;. For example, the
@@ -15483,7 +15485,7 @@ class="cmti-10">definitions</span>&#x27E9;):
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7452--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 7453--><p class="nopar" > (<span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glstextup</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-59035"></a><span 
@@ -15511,11 +15513,11 @@ class="small-caps">m</span><span
 class="small-caps">s</span></span>.)
 <a 
  id="x1-59039r19"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7458--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+</p><!--l. 7459--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 19</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining a Custom Acronym Style)</span><a 
  id="x1-59040"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7459--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want my acronym on <a 
+</p><!--l. 7460--><p class="indent" >   Suppose I want my acronym on <a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>&#x00A0;to have the short form in the text and the
 long form with the description in a footnote. Suppose also that I want the
 short form to be put in small caps in the main body of the document, but I
@@ -15551,7 +15553,7 @@ class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;) &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">description</span>&#x27E9;
    <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-</p><!--l. 7480--><p class="indent" >   Let&#8217;s suppose it&#8217;s possible that I may have a mixed glossary. I can check this in the
+</p><!--l. 7481--><p class="indent" >   Let&#8217;s suppose it&#8217;s possible that I may have a mixed glossary. I can check this in the
 second argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a 
  id="dx1-59044"></a> using:
@@ -15561,7 +15563,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212">
 \ifglshaslong{\glslabel}{\glsgenacfmt}{\glsgenentryfmt}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 7484--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span 
+<!--l. 7485--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a 
  id="dx1-59045"></a> if the entry isn&#8217;t an acronym, otherwise it will use
 <span 
@@ -15603,7 +15605,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">#</span></span></span>):
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnote{\glsentrylongpl{##1}:&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc{##1}}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 7513--><p class="nopar" > If you think it inappropriate for the short form to be capitalised at the start of a
+<!--l. 7514--><p class="nopar" > If you think it inappropriate for the short form to be capitalised at the start of a
 sentence you can change the above to:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -15622,7 +15624,7 @@ sentence you can change the above to:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\let\Genacrfullformat\genacrfullformat
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\let\Genplacrfullformat\genplacrfullformat
 </div>
-<!--l. 7529--><p class="nopar" > Another variation is to use <span 
+<!--l. 7530--><p class="nopar" > Another variation is to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span><a 
  id="dx1-59049"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylongpl</span><a 
@@ -15632,7 +15634,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a
  id="dx1-59051"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylongpl</span><a 
  id="dx1-59052"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7534--><p class="indent" >   Now let&#8217;s suppose that commands such as <span 
+</p><!--l. 7535--><p class="indent" >   Now let&#8217;s suppose that commands such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a 
  id="dx1-59053"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a 
@@ -15645,7 +15647,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span>, <span
 class="cmtt-10">\acrfullfmt</span><a 
  id="dx1-59055"></a> and their plural and upper case
 variants.
-</p><!--l. 7541--><p class="indent" >   First, the non-linking commands:
+</p><!--l. 7542--><p class="indent" >   First, the non-linking commands:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -15667,7 +15669,7 @@ variants.
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\acronymfont{\glsentryshortpl{##1}})%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 7559--><p class="nopar" > Now for the linking commands:
+<!--l. 7560--><p class="nopar" > Now for the linking commands:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -15713,12 +15715,12 @@ variants.
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 7602--><p class="nopar" > (This may cause problems with long hyperlinks, in which case adjust the
+<!--l. 7603--><p class="nopar" > (This may cause problems with long hyperlinks, in which case adjust the
 definitions so that, for example, only the short form is inside the argument of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a 
  id="dx1-59056"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 7607--><p class="indent" >   The style also needs to redefine <span 
+</p><!--l. 7608--><p class="indent" >   The style also needs to redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymsort</span><a 
  id="dx1-59057"></a> so that the acronyms are sorted
 according to the long form:
@@ -15728,7 +15730,7 @@ according to the long form:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217">
 &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##2}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 7611--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer them to be sorted according to the short form you can change the above
+<!--l. 7612--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer them to be sorted according to the short form you can change the above
 to:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -15736,7 +15738,7 @@ to:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218">
 &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymsort}[2]{##1}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 7616--><p class="nopar" > The acronym font needs to be set to <span 
+<!--l. 7617--><p class="nopar" > The acronym font needs to be set to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a 
  id="dx1-59058"></a> and the plural suffix adjusted so that
 the &#8220;s&#8221; suffix in the plural short form doesn&#8217;t get converted to smallcaps:
@@ -15747,7 +15749,7 @@ the &#8220;s&#8221; suffix in the plural short form doesn&#8217;t get converted
 &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsc{##1}}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\acrpluralsuffix}{\glstextup{\glspluralsuffix}}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 7623--><p class="nopar" > There are a number of ways of dealing with the format in the list of acronyms. The
+<!--l. 7624--><p class="nopar" > There are a number of ways of dealing with the format in the list of acronyms. The
 simplest way is to redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-59059"></a> to the long form followed by the upper case
@@ -15760,13 +15762,13 @@ short form in parentheses:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\Glsentrylong{##1}\space
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\MakeTextUppercase{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 7631--><p class="nopar" > (I&#8217;ve used <span 
+<!--l. 7632--><p class="nopar" > (I&#8217;ve used <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span><a 
  id="dx1-59060"></a> instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a 
  id="dx1-59061"></a> to capitalise the name in the
 glossary.)
-</p><!--l. 7635--><p class="indent" >   An alternative approach is to set <span 
+</p><!--l. 7636--><p class="indent" >   An alternative approach is to set <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-59062"></a> to just the long form and
 redefine <span 
@@ -15788,7 +15790,7 @@ style) like this:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={\protect\MakeTextUppercase{\the\glsshorttok}}}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 7644--><p class="nopar" > I&#8217;m going to use the first approach and set <span 
+<!--l. 7645--><p class="nopar" > I&#8217;m going to use the first approach and set <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GenericAcronymFields</span><a 
  id="dx1-59067"></a> to do
 nothing:
@@ -15798,8 +15800,8 @@ nothing:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222">
 &#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\GenericAcronymFields}{}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 7649--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7651--><p class="indent" >   Finally, this style needs to switch off hyperlinks on first use to avoid nested
+<!--l. 7650--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7652--><p class="indent" >   Finally, this style needs to switch off hyperlinks on first use to avoid nested
 links:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -15807,7 +15809,7 @@ links:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223">
 &#x00A0;\glshyperfirstfalse
 </div>
-<!--l. 7655--><p class="nopar" > Putting this all together:
+<!--l. 7656--><p class="nopar" > Putting this all together:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -15901,15 +15903,15 @@ links:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;(\MakeTextUppercase{\glsentryshort{##1}})}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7744--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7746--><p class="indent" >   Now I need to specify that I want to use this new style:
+<!--l. 7745--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7747--><p class="indent" >   Now I need to specify that I want to use this new style:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225">
 \setacronymstyle{custom-fn}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7749--><p class="nopar" > I also need to use a glossary style that suits this acronym style, for example
+<!--l. 7750--><p class="nopar" > I also need to use a glossary style that suits this acronym style, for example
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a 
  id="dx1-59068"></a>:
@@ -15919,8 +15921,8 @@ class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226">
 \setglossarystyle{altlist}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7754--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7756--><p class="indent" >   Once the acronym style has been set, I can define my acronyms:
+<!--l. 7755--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7757--><p class="indent" >   Once the acronym style has been set, I can define my acronyms:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -15932,21 +15934,21 @@ class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a
 &#x00A0;<br />layout&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;document&#x00A0;written&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}]{css}
 &#x00A0;<br />{css}{Cascading&#x00A0;Style&#x00A0;Sheet}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7765--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7767--><p class="indent" >   The sample file <a 
+<!--l. 7766--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7768--><p class="indent" >   The sample file <a 
 href="#x1-5030r11"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-custom-acronym.tex</span></a> illustrates this example.
 </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 7769--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7769--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 7771--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 7770--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7770--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 7772--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 7771--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 7772--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:disploa"></a>Displaying the List of Acronyms</h3>
-<!--l. 7774--><p class="noindent" >The list of acronyms is just like any other type of glossary and can be displayed on its
+<!--l. 7775--><p class="noindent" >The list of acronyms is just like any other type of glossary and can be displayed on its
 own using:
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 <a 
@@ -15989,7 +15991,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">]</span>
                                                                   
 </div>
      </div>
-     <!--l. 7787--><p class="noindent" >(If you use the <span 
+     <!--l. 7788--><p class="noindent" >(If you use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-60005"></a> package option you can also use </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -16016,7 +16018,7 @@ href="#acronymoptions"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>2.5 </a><a 
 href="#acronymoptions">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a>.)
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 7799--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively the list of acronyms can be displayed with all the other glossaries
+<!--l. 7800--><p class="noindent" >Alternatively the list of acronyms can be displayed with all the other glossaries
 using:
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 <a 
@@ -16041,18 +16043,18 @@ class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd
 class="description"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-60010"></a></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 7807--><p class="indent" >   However, care must be taken to choose a glossary style that&#8217;s appropriate to your
+<!--l. 7808--><p class="indent" >   However, care must be taken to choose a glossary style that&#8217;s appropriate to your
 acronym style. Alternatively, you can define your own custom style (see <a 
 href="#sec:newglossarystyle"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>15.2 </a><a 
 href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining
 your own glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a> for further details).
-</p><!--l. 7812--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7813--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 7812--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 7813--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:oldacronym"></a>Upgrading From the glossary Package</h3>
-<!--l. 7815--><p class="noindent" >Users of the obsolete <span 
+<!--l. 7816--><p class="noindent" >Users of the obsolete <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a 
  id="dx1-61001"></a> package may recall that the syntax used to define new
 acronyms has changed with the replacement <span 
@@ -16064,13 +16066,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>&#x27E9; when defining the acronym
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">acr-name</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 7821--><p class="indent" >   In order to facilitate migrating from the old package to the new one, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 7822--><p class="indent" >   In order to facilitate migrating from the old package to the new one, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
 package<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x14" id="fn1x14-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.1</sup></a></span><a 
  id="x1-61003f1"></a>
 provides the command:
-</p><!--l. 7824--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7825--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\oldacronym</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-61004"></a> <span 
@@ -16084,7 +16086,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">key-val list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7826--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7827--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses the same syntax as the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary</span><a 
  id="dx1-61005"></a> package&#8217;s method of defining acronyms. It is
@@ -16140,7 +16142,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
 or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-61013"></a> to change the settings.
-</p><!--l. 7843--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Recall that, in general, <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+</p><!--l. 7844--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Recall that, in general, <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;ignores spaces following command names
 consisting of alphabetical characters. This is also true for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -16152,10 +16154,10 @@ using <span
 class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a 
  id="dx1-61015"></a>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn2x14" id="fn2x14-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.2</sup></a></span></div>
-</p><!--l. 7849--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7850--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="x1-61016f2"></a>
-</p><!--l. 7853--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 7854--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package doesn&#8217;t load the <span 
 class="cmss-10">xspace</span><a 
  id="dx1-61017"></a> package since there are both
@@ -16180,14 +16182,14 @@ can&#8217;t use the optional argument to insert text (you will have to explicitl
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-61022"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 7864--><p class="indent" >   To illustrate this, suppose I define the acronym &#8220;abc&#8221; as follows:
+</p><!--l. 7865--><p class="indent" >   To illustrate this, suppose I define the acronym &#8220;abc&#8221; as follows:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228">
 \oldacronym{abc}{example&#x00A0;acronym}{}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7868--><p class="nopar" > This will create the command <span 
+<!--l. 7869--><p class="nopar" > This will create the command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abc </span>and its starred version <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abc*</span>. <a 
 href="#tab:xspace">Table&#x00A0;13.2</a>
@@ -16204,7 +16206,7 @@ recognised.
    <div class="table">
                                                                   
                                                                   
-<!--l. 7876--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+<!--l. 7877--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="tab:xspace"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
 >
                                                                   
@@ -16270,11 +16272,11 @@ class="td11"> abc&#8217;s xyz             </td></tr></table>
    </div>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-<!--l. 7894--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 7894--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 7895--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 7895--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">14. <a 
  id="sec:glsunset"></a>Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags</h2>
-</p><!--l. 7897--><p class="indent" >   When using the <a 
+</p><!--l. 7898--><p class="indent" >   When using the <a 
 href="#x1-420006.1"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands it is possible that you may want to use the
 value given by the <span 
@@ -16286,73 +16288,73 @@ class="cmss-10">text</span><a
  id="dx1-62002"></a> key, even though you
 haven&#8217;t used the glossary entry. The former can be achieved by one of the following
 commands:
-</p><!--l. 7903--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7904--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsreset</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-62003"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsreset{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7905--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7906--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7906--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7907--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslocalreset</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-62004"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7908--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7909--><p class="noindent" >
 while the latter can be achieved by one of the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 7910--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7911--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsunset</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-62005"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsunset{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7912--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7913--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7913--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7914--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslocalunset</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-62006"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7915--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7916--><p class="noindent" >
 You can also reset or unset all entries for a given glossary or list of glossaries
 using:
-</p><!--l. 7918--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7919--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsresetall</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-62007"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsresetall[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7920--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7921--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7921--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7922--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslocalresetall</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-62008"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslocalresetall[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7923--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7924--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7924--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7925--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsunsetall</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-62009"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetall[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7926--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7927--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7927--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7928--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslocalunsetall</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-62010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunsetall[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7929--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7930--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of glossary labels. If omitted, all defined
 glossaries are assumed (except for the ignored ones). For example, to reset all entries
@@ -16363,10 +16365,10 @@ in the main glossary and the list of acronyms:
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229">
 \glsresetall[main,acronym]
 </div>
-<!--l. 7937--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7939--><p class="indent" >   You can determine whether an entry&#8217;s <a 
+<!--l. 7938--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7940--><p class="indent" >   You can determine whether an entry&#8217;s <a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> is set using:
-</p><!--l. 7940--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7941--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ifglsused</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-62011"></a> <span 
@@ -16377,20 +16379,20 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7942--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7943--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the label of the required entry. If the entry has been used, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; will
 be done, otherwise &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9; will be done.
-</p><!--l. 7947--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when using <a 
+</p><!--l. 7948--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when using <a 
 href="#x1-420006.1"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands within an environment or
 command argument that gets processed multiple times as it can cause unwanted
 side-effects when the first use displayed text is different from subsequent use.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 7952--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7954--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 7953--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7955--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">frame</span><a 
  id="dx1-62012"></a><a 
  id="dx1-62013"></a> environment in <span 
@@ -16399,7 +16401,7 @@ class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a
 overlay. This means that the <a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;will be unset on the first overlay and
 subsequent overlays will use the non-first use form.
-</p><!--l. 7959--><p class="indent" >   Consider the following example:
+</p><!--l. 7960--><p class="indent" >   Consider the following example:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -16417,15 +16419,15 @@ subsequent overlays will use the non-first use form.
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{frame}
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7979--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7981--><p class="indent" >   On the first overlay, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 7980--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7982--><p class="indent" >   On the first overlay, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> produces &#8220;support vector machine (SVM)&#8221; and
 then unsets the <a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. When the second overlay is processed, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> now
 produces &#8220;SVM&#8221;, which is unlikely to be the desired effect. I&#x00A0;don&#8217;t know anyway
 around this and I can only offer two suggestions.
-</p><!--l. 7987--><p class="indent" >   Firstly, unset all acronyms at the start of the document and explicitly use
+</p><!--l. 7988--><p class="indent" >   Firstly, unset all acronyms at the start of the document and explicitly use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a 
  id="dx1-62015"></a> when you want the full version to be displayed:
@@ -16447,8 +16449,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{frame}
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8009--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8011--><p class="indent" >   Secondly, explicitly reset each acronym on first use:
+<!--l. 8010--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8012--><p class="indent" >   Secondly, explicitly reset each acronym on first use:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -16461,7 +16463,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\end{itemize}
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{frame}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8021--><p class="nopar" > These are non-optimal, but the <span 
+<!--l. 8022--><p class="nopar" > These are non-optimal, but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">beamer</span><a 
  id="dx1-62016"></a> class is too complex for me to provide a
 programmatic solution. Other potentially problematic environments are some
@@ -16474,7 +16476,7 @@ class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
  id="dx1-62020"></a> itself) that process the contents in order to
 work out the column widths and then reprocess the contents to do the actual
 typesetting.
-</p><!--l. 8029--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 8030--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">amsmath</span><a 
  id="dx1-62021"></a> environments, such as <span 
 class="cmss-10">align</span><a 
@@ -16483,33 +16485,33 @@ class="cmss-10">align</span><a
 times, but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package now checks for this.
 </p>
-<!--l. 8034--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8035--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">14.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:enableentrycount"></a>Counting the Number of Times an Entry has been Used (First Use Flag
 Unset)</h3>
-<!--l. 8037--><p class="noindent" >As from version 4.14, it&#8217;s now possible to keep track of how many times an entry is
+<!--l. 8038--><p class="noindent" >As from version 4.14, it&#8217;s now possible to keep track of how many times an entry is
 used. That is, how many times the <a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>&#x00A0;is unset.
-</p><!--l. 8041--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This function is disabled by default as it adds extra overhead to the document
+</p><!--l. 8042--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This function is disabled by default as it adds extra overhead to the document
 build time and also switches <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-63001"></a> (and therefore <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-63002"></a>) into
 a&#x00A0;preamble-only command. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8046--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8048--><p class="indent" >   To enable this function, use
-</p><!--l. 8049--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8047--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8049--><p class="indent" >   To enable this function, use
+</p><!--l. 8050--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsenableentrycount</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-63003"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8051--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8052--><p class="noindent" >
 before defining your entries. This adds two extra (internal) fields to entries: <span 
 class="cmtt-10">currcount</span>
 and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">prevcount</span>.
-</p><!--l. 8055--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 8056--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field keeps track of how many times <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is used within the
 document. A&#x00A0;local unset (using <span 
@@ -16525,7 +16527,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsreset </span>and
 class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>reset this field back to zero (where <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>performs a&#x00A0;local
 change).
-</p><!--l. 8063--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 8064--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">prevcount </span>field stores the final value of the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field <span 
 class="cmti-10">from the previous</span>
@@ -16536,8 +16538,8 @@ class="cmss-10">document</span><a
  id="dx1-63004"></a><a 
  id="dx1-63005"></a>
 environment.
-</p><!--l. 8068--><p class="indent" >   You can access these fields using
-</p><!--l. 8069--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8069--><p class="indent" >   You can access these fields using
+</p><!--l. 8070--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentrycurrcount</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-63006"></a> <span 
@@ -16546,24 +16548,24 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 8071--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8072--><p class="noindent" >
 for the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field, and
-</p><!--l. 8073--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8074--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevcount</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-63007"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8075--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8076--><p class="noindent" >
 for the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">prevcount </span>field. <span 
 class="cmbx-10">These commands are only defined if you have used</span>
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><span 
 class="cmbx-10">.</span>
-</p><!--l. 8079--><p class="indent" >   For example:
+</p><!--l. 8080--><p class="indent" >   For example:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -16580,7 +16582,7 @@ class="cmbx-10">.</span>
 &#x00A0;<br />Number&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;times&#x00A0;apple&#x00A0;has&#x00A0;been&#x00A0;used:&#x00A0;\glsentrycurrcount{apple}.
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8097--><p class="nopar" > On the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
+<!--l. 8098--><p class="nopar" > On the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{apple}</span></span></span> produces&#x00A0;0. At the end of
 the document, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
@@ -16605,10 +16607,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{apple}</span></span></span> now produces&#x00
 class="cmtt-10">currcount </span>field for the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">apple </span>entry at the end of the document on the previous
 run.
-</p><!--l. 8110--><p class="indent" >   When you enable the entry count using <span 
+</p><!--l. 8111--><p class="indent" >   When you enable the entry count using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, you also enable
 the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 8112--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8113--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\cgls</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-63008"></a> <span 
@@ -16619,9 +16621,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8114--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8115--><p class="noindent" >
 (no case-change, singular)
-</p><!--l. 8116--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8117--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\cglspl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-63009"></a> <span 
@@ -16632,9 +16634,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8118--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8119--><p class="noindent" >
 (no case-change, plural)
-</p><!--l. 8120--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8121--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\cGls</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-63010"></a> <span 
@@ -16645,9 +16647,9 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8122--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8123--><p class="noindent" >
 (first letter uppercase, singular), and
-</p><!--l. 8124--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8125--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\cGlspl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-63011"></a> <span 
@@ -16658,14 +16660,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8126--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8127--><p class="noindent" >
 (first letter uppercase, plural). These all have plus and starred variants like the
 analogous <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>commands.
-</p><!--l. 8131--><p class="indent" >   If you don&#8217;t use <span 
+</p><!--l. 8132--><p class="indent" >   If you don&#8217;t use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, these commands behave like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>,
 <span 
@@ -16703,7 +16705,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\cglspl</span>, <span
 class="cmtt-10">\cGls </span>or
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cGlspl</span>.
-<!--l. 8146--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 8147--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\cglsformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-63012"></a> <span 
@@ -16712,7 +16714,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8148--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8149--><p class="noindent" >
 This command is used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -16732,7 +16734,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
 </div>
 </div> otherwise.
-<!--l. 8160--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 8161--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\cglsplformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-63013"></a> <span 
@@ -16741,7 +16743,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8162--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8163--><p class="noindent" >
 This command is used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglspl </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -16761,7 +16763,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
 </div>
 </div> otherwise.
-<!--l. 8174--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 8175--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\cGlsformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-63014"></a> <span 
@@ -16770,7 +16772,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8176--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8177--><p class="noindent" >
 This command is used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cGls </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt">
                                                                   
@@ -16792,7 +16794,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
 </div>
 </div> otherwise.
-<!--l. 8187--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 8188--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\cGlsplformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-63015"></a> <span 
@@ -16801,7 +16803,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8189--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8190--><p class="noindent" >
 This command is used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cGlspl </span>and defaults to </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -16819,11 +16821,9 @@ class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfirstplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
-<br /><span 
-class="cmtt-10">otherwise.</span>
-</div>
 </div>
-<!--l. 8200--><p class="indent" >   This means that if the previous count for the given entry was&#x00A0;1, the entry won&#8217;t
+</div> otherwise.
+<!--l. 8201--><p class="indent" >   This means that if the previous count for the given entry was&#x00A0;1, the entry won&#8217;t
 be hyperlinked with the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>-like commands and they won&#8217;t add a&#x00A0;line to the
 external glossary file. If you haven&#8217;t used any of the other commands that add
@@ -16832,7 +16832,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>or the <a
 href="#x1-430006.2"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like</a>&#x00A0;commands) then
 the entry won&#8217;t appear in the glossary.
-</p><!--l. 8207--><p class="indent" >   Remember that since these commands use <span 
+</p><!--l. 8208--><p class="indent" >   Remember that since these commands use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount </span>you
 need to run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;twice to ensure they work correctly. The document
@@ -16844,11 +16844,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>,
 class="cmtt-10">(pdf)latex</span>.
 <a 
  id="x1-63016r20"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8212--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+</p><!--l. 8213--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 20</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Don&#8217;t index entries that are only used once)</span><a 
  id="x1-63017"></a>
-</p><!--l. 8213--><p class="indent" >   In this example, the acronyms that have only been used once (on the previous run)
+</p><!--l. 8214--><p class="indent" >   In this example, the acronyms that have only been used once (on the previous run)
 only have their long form shown with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>.
                                                                   
@@ -16875,7 +16875,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>.
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8241--><p class="nopar" > After a complete document build (<span 
+<!--l. 8242--><p class="nopar" > After a complete document build (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">latex</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">latex</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span>, <span 
@@ -16885,9 +16885,9 @@ RDBMS and XML only have their long forms displayed and don&#8217;t have a&#x00A0
 </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 8247--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8247--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 8249--><p class="indent" >   Remember that if you don&#8217;t like typing <span 
+<!--l. 8248--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8248--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 8250--><p class="indent" >   Remember that if you don&#8217;t like typing <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>you can create a synonym. For
 example
                                                                   
@@ -16896,15 +16896,15 @@ example
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235">
 \let\ac\cgls
 </div>
-<!--l. 8253--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 8254--><p class="nopar" >
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 8255--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 8255--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8256--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 8256--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">15. <a 
  id="sec:styles"></a>Glossary Styles</h2>
-</p><!--l. 8258--><p class="indent" >   Glossaries vary from lists that simply contain a symbol with a terse description to
+</p><!--l. 8259--><p class="indent" >   Glossaries vary from lists that simply contain a symbol with a terse description to
 lists of terms or phrases with lengthy descriptions. Some glossaries may have terms
 with associated symbols. Some may have hierarchical entries. There is therefore no
 single style that fits every type of glossary. The <span 
@@ -16919,7 +16919,7 @@ href="#sec:newglossarystyle"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>15.2 </a><a 
 href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own glossary
 style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 8269--><p class="indent" >   The glossary style can be set using the <span 
+</p><!--l. 8270--><p class="indent" >   The glossary style can be set using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">style</span><a 
  id="dx1-64001"></a> key in the optional argument to
 <span 
@@ -16931,22 +16931,22 @@ class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
 href="#option2">2</a> and&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#option3">3</a>) or using
 the command:
-</p><!--l. 8272--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8273--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\setglossarystyle</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-64004"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">style-name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8274--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8275--><p class="noindent" >
 (before the glossary is displayed).
-</p><!--l. 8277--><p class="indent" >   Some of the predefined glossary styles may also be set using the <span 
+</p><!--l. 8278--><p class="indent" >   Some of the predefined glossary styles may also be set using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">style</span><a 
  id="dx1-64005"></a> package
 option, it depends if the package in which they are defined is automatically loaded by
 the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
-</p><!--l. 8281--><p class="indent" >   You can use the lorum ipsum dummy entries provided in the
+</p><!--l. 8282--><p class="indent" >   You can use the lorum ipsum dummy entries provided in the
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.tex </span>files (described in <a 
 href="#sec:lipsum"><span 
@@ -16954,10 +16954,10 @@ class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>1.2 </a><a
 href="#sec:lipsum">Dummy Entries for Testing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lipsum --></a>) to
 test the different styles.
 </p>
-<!--l. 8285--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8286--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:predefinedstyles"></a>Predefined Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 8288--><p class="noindent" >The predefined styles can accommodate numbered level&#x00A0;0 (main) and level&#x00A0;1 entries.
+<!--l. 8289--><p class="noindent" >The predefined styles can accommodate numbered level&#x00A0;0 (main) and level&#x00A0;1 entries.
 See the package options <span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a 
  id="dx1-65001"></a>, <span 
@@ -16975,7 +16975,7 @@ href="#tab:styles">table&#x00A0;15.1</a>.
    <div class="table">
                                                                   
                                                                   
-<!--l. 8295--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+<!--l. 8296--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="tab:styles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
 >
                                                                   
@@ -17161,7 +17161,7 @@ class="td11">         </td></tr></table></div>
                                                                   
    </div><hr class="endfloat" />
    </div>
-<!--l. 8335--><p class="indent" >   The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions and page lists use the
+<!--l. 8336--><p class="indent" >   The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions and page lists use the
 length <span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsdescwidth</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
@@ -17193,7 +17193,7 @@ line-break within a multi-line description in a tabular-like style it&#8217;s be
 class="cmtt-10">\newline</span><a 
  id="dx1-65020"></a> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\\</span></span></span>.
-</p><!--l. 8353--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you use the <span 
+</p><!--l. 8354--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">style</span><a 
  id="dx1-65021"></a> key in the optional argument to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
@@ -17212,7 +17212,7 @@ settings for the given glossary, so if, for example, you do
 \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossary[style=long]
 </div>
-<!--l. 8361--><p class="nopar" > then the new definition of <span 
+<!--l. 8362--><p class="nopar" > then the new definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span><a 
  id="dx1-65024"></a> will not have an affect for this glossary, as
 <span 
@@ -17228,7 +17228,7 @@ override any previous style definitions, so, again
 \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}
 &#x00A0;<br />\setglossarystyle{long}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8369--><p class="nopar" > will reset <span 
+<!--l. 8370--><p class="nopar" > will reset <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>back to its default definition for the named glossary style
 (<span 
 class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
@@ -17246,22 +17246,22 @@ e.g.:
 \setglossarystyle{long}
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8378--><p class="nopar" > As from version 3.03, you can now use the package option <span 
+<!--l. 8379--><p class="nopar" > As from version 3.03, you can now use the package option <span 
 class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a 
  id="dx1-65029"></a> to
 suppress the gap between groups for the default styles instead of redefining
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span>.
-</p><!--l. 8383--><p class="indent" >   All the styles except for the three- and four-column styles and the <span 
+</p><!--l. 8384--><p class="indent" >   All the styles except for the three- and four-column styles and the <span 
 class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a 
  id="dx1-65030"></a> style
 use the command
-</p><!--l. 8385--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8386--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glspostdescription</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-65031"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8387--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8388--><p class="noindent" >
 after the description. This simply displays a full stop by default. To eliminate this
 full stop (or replace it with something else, say, a comma) you will need to
 redefine <span 
@@ -17270,15 +17270,15 @@ you can suppress it for a given entry by placing <span
 class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a 
  id="dx1-65032"></a> in the entry&#8217;s
 description.
-</p><!--l. 8394--><p class="indent" >   As from version 3.03 you can now use the package option <span 
+</p><!--l. 8395--><p class="indent" >   As from version 3.03 you can now use the package option <span 
 class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><a 
  id="dx1-65033"></a> to suppress
 this full stop.
 </p>
-<!--l. 8397--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8398--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:liststyles"></a>List Styles</h4>
-<!--l. 8400--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span 
+<!--l. 8401--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a 
  id="dx1-66001"></a>. Since
 they all use the <span 
@@ -17335,12 +17335,12 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;to ensure the group
                                                                   
      information is up to date. In the navigation line, each group is separated
      by
-     <!--l. 8425--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 8426--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glshypernavsep</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-66016"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glshypernavsep </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 8427--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 8428--><p class="noindent" >
      which defaults to a vertical bar with a space on either side. For example, to
      simply have a space separating each group, do:
                                                                   
@@ -17349,8 +17349,8 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glshypernavsep </span></div><hr>
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239">
      \renewcommand*{\glshypernavsep}{\space}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 8432--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p><!--l. 8434--><p class="noindent" >Note that the hyper-navigation line is now (as from version 1.14) set inside the
+     <!--l. 8433--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p><!--l. 8435--><p class="noindent" >Note that the hyper-navigation line is now (as from version 1.14) set inside the
      optional argument to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\item</span><a 
  id="dx1-66017"></a> instead of after it to prevent a spurious
@@ -17412,12 +17412,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\item[]</span></span></span>, followed by the name followed by a
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
  id="dx1-66031"></a></a>
      and the symbol. The length
-     <!--l. 8459--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 8460--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslistdottedwidth</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-66032"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 8461--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 8462--><p class="noindent" >
      governs where the description should start. This is a flat style, so child entries
      are formatted in the same way as the parent entries.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -17432,12 +17432,12 @@ class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a
  id="dx1-66034"></a>.</dd></dl>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-<!--l. 8472--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 8473--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 8472--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8473--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:longstyles"></a>Longtable Styles</h4>
-<!--l. 8475--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span 
+<!--l. 8476--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a 
  id="dx1-67001"></a>. Since
 they all use the <span 
@@ -17635,12 +17635,12 @@ class="cmss-10">altlong4colheaderborder</span><a
      <span 
 class="cmss-10">long4colheaderborder</span><a 
  id="dx1-67047"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 8568--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 8569--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 8568--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8569--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:longraggedstyles"></a>Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)</h4>
-<!--l. 8571--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span 
+<!--l. 8572--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged</span><a 
  id="dx1-68001"></a>.
 These styles are analogous to those defined in <span 
@@ -17669,7 +17669,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossary-longragged</span><a
 \usepackage{glossaries}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossary-longragged}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8583--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can&#8217;t set these styles using the <span 
+<!--l. 8584--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can&#8217;t set these styles using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">style</span><a 
  id="dx1-68008"></a> package option since the styles
 aren&#8217;t defined until after the <span 
@@ -17811,12 +17811,12 @@ class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colheaderborder</span><a
 class="cmss-10">altlongragged4colheader</span><a 
  id="dx1-68038"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it.
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 8655--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 8656--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 8655--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8656--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.4   </span> <a 
  id="sec:superstyles"></a>Supertabular Styles</h4>
-<!--l. 8658--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span 
+<!--l. 8659--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-super</span><a 
  id="dx1-69001"></a>. Since
 they all use the <span 
@@ -18028,12 +18028,12 @@ class="cmss-10">altsuper4colheaderborder</span><a
      <span 
 class="cmss-10">super4colheaderborder</span><a 
  id="dx1-69053"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 8754--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 8755--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 8754--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8755--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.5   </span> <a 
  id="sec:superraggedstyles"></a>Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)</h4>
-<!--l. 8757--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span 
+<!--l. 8758--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-superragged</span><a 
  id="dx1-70001"></a>.
 These styles are analogous to those defined in <span 
@@ -18060,7 +18060,7 @@ class="cmss-10">glossary-superragged</span><a
 \usepackage{glossaries}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossary-superragged}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8769--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can&#8217;t set these styles using the <span 
+<!--l. 8770--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can&#8217;t set these styles using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">style</span><a 
  id="dx1-70008"></a> package option since the styles
 aren&#8217;t defined until after the <span 
@@ -18204,12 +18204,12 @@ class="cmss-10">altsuperragged4colheader</span><a
  id="dx1-70039"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around
      it.
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 8842--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 8843--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 8842--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8843--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.6   </span> <a 
  id="sec:treestyles"></a>Tree-Like Styles</h4>
-<!--l. 8845--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span 
+<!--l. 8846--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
  id="dx1-71001"></a>. These
 styles are designed for hierarchical glossaries but can also be used with glossaries
@@ -18221,14 +18221,14 @@ class="cmss-10">notree</span><a
 class="cmss-10">nostyles</span><a 
  id="dx1-71003"></a> package options. These styles all format the entry name
 using:
-</p><!--l. 8852--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8853--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glstreenamefmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-71004"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8854--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8855--><p class="noindent" >
 This defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -18365,7 +18365,7 @@ class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
 class="cmss-10">tree</span><a 
  id="dx1-71032"></a> style except that the indentation for
      each level is determined by the width of the text specified by
-     <!--l. 8913--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 8914--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glssetwidest</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-71033"></a> <span 
@@ -18376,7 +18376,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-     </p><!--l. 8915--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 8916--><p class="noindent" >
      The optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">level</span>&#x27E9; indicates the level, where 0 indicates the top-most
      level, 1 indicates the first level sub-entries, etc. If <span 
@@ -18384,7 +18384,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>hasn&#8217;t been
      used for a given sub-level, the level&#x00A0;0 widest text is used instead. If &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">level</span>&#x27E9; is
      omitted, 0 is assumed.
-     </p><!--l. 8922--><p class="noindent" >For each level, the name is placed to the left of the paragraph block containing
+     </p><!--l. 8923--><p class="noindent" >For each level, the name is placed to the left of the paragraph block containing
      the symbol (optional) and the description. If the symbol is present, it is placed
      in parentheses before the description.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -18409,12 +18409,12 @@ class="cmss-10">alttreegroup</span><a
 class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a 
  id="dx1-71038"></a>, described above.
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 8937--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 8938--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 8937--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8938--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.7   </span> <a 
  id="sec:mcolstyles"></a>Multicols Style</h4>
-<!--l. 8940--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+<!--l. 8941--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a 
  id="dx1-72001"></a> package provides tree-like styles that are in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a 
@@ -18437,7 +18437,7 @@ class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a
  id="dx1-72008"></a>
 environment. For the complete list, see <a 
 href="#tab:mcols">table&#x00A0;15.2</a>.
-</p><!--l. 8949--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
+</p><!--l. 8950--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-mcols</span><a 
  id="dx1-72009"></a> is not loaded by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. If you want to use
@@ -18447,14 +18447,14 @@ class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>and set the required glossary style using <sp
 class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a 
  id="dx1-72010"></a>.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 8954--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8956--><p class="indent" >   The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining
-</p><!--l. 8957--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8955--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8957--><p class="indent" >   The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining
+</p><!--l. 8958--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsmcols</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-72011"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsmcols </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8959--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8960--><p class="noindent" >
 to the required number. For example, for a three column glossary:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -18464,12 +18464,12 @@ to the required number. For example, for a three column glossary:
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsmcols}{3}
 &#x00A0;<br />\setglossarystyle{mcolindex}
 </div>
-<!--l. 8965--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 8966--><p class="nopar" >
 </p>
    <div class="table">
                                                                   
                                                                   
-<!--l. 8967--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+<!--l. 8968--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="tab:mcols"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
 >
                                                                   
@@ -18587,10 +18587,10 @@ class="cmss-10">alttreehypergroup</span><a
                                                                   
    </div><hr class="endfloat" />
    </div>
-<!--l. 8991--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8992--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1.8   </span> <a 
  id="sec:inline"></a>In-Line Style</h4>
-<!--l. 8994--><p class="noindent" >This section covers the <span 
+<!--l. 8995--><p class="noindent" >This section covers the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-inline</span><a 
  id="dx1-73001"></a> package that supplies the <span 
 class="cmss-10">inline</span><a 
@@ -18599,7 +18599,7 @@ style that is designed for in-line use (as opposed to block styles, such as list
 tables). This style doesn&#8217;t display the <a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a 
  id="dx1-73003"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 8999--><p class="indent" >   You will most likely need to redefine <span 
+</p><!--l. 9000--><p class="indent" >   You will most likely need to redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossarysection</span><a 
  id="dx1-73004"></a> with this style. For
 example, suppose you are required to have your glossaries and list of acronyms in a
@@ -18612,8 +18612,8 @@ footnote, you can do:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\textbf{#1}:&#x00A0;}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\setglossarystyle{inline}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9007--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9009--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that you need to include <span 
+<!--l. 9008--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9010--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that you need to include <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-inline</span><a 
  id="dx1-73005"></a> with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>as it&#8217;s not
@@ -18622,64 +18622,64 @@ class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and then set the style using
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a 
  id="dx1-73006"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 9014--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9016--><p class="indent" >   Where you need to include your glossaries as a footnote you can do:
+</p><!--l. 9015--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9017--><p class="indent" >   Where you need to include your glossaries as a footnote you can do:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244">
 \footnote{\printglossaries}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9019--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9021--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+<!--l. 9020--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9022--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">inline</span><a 
  id="dx1-73007"></a> style is governed by the following:
-</p><!--l. 9022--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9023--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsinlineseparator</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-73008"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineseparator</span><a 
  id="dx1-73009"></a> </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9024--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9025--><p class="noindent" >
 This defaults to &#8220;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">; </span>&#8221; and is used between main (i.e.&#x00A0;level&#x00A0;0) entries.
-</p><!--l. 9027--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9028--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsinlinesubseparator</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-73010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsinlinesubseparator</span><a 
  id="dx1-73011"></a> </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9029--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9030--><p class="noindent" >
 This defaults to &#8220;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">, </span>&#8221; and is used between sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 9032--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9033--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-73012"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span><a 
  id="dx1-73013"></a>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9034--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9035--><p class="noindent" >
 This defaults to &#8220;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">: </span>&#8221; and is used between a parent main entry and its first
 sub-entry.
-</p><!--l. 9037--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9038--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glspostinline</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-73014"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostinline</span><a 
  id="dx1-73015"></a> </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9039--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9040--><p class="noindent" >
 This defaults to &#8220;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">; </span>&#8221; and is used at the end of the glossary.
-</p><!--l. 9043--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9044--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 9043--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 9044--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:newglossarystyle"></a>Defining your own glossary style</h3>
-<!--l. 9046--><p class="noindent" >If the predefined styles don&#8217;t fit your requirements, you can define your own style
+<!--l. 9047--><p class="noindent" >If the predefined styles don&#8217;t fit your requirements, you can define your own style
 using:
-</p><!--l. 9048--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9049--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\newglossarystyle</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-74001"></a> <span 
@@ -18688,13 +18688,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">definitions</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9050--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9051--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the new glossary style (to be used in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span>).
 The second argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">definitions</span>&#x27E9; needs to redefine all of the following:
-</p><!--l. 9055--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9056--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">theglossary</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-74002"></a><a 
@@ -18702,7 +18702,7 @@ class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a
 class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a 
  id="dx1-74004"></a><a 
  id="dx1-74005"></a>  </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9057--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9058--><p class="noindent" >
 This environment defines how the main body of the glossary should be typeset. Note
 that this does not include the section heading, the glossary preamble (defined by
 <span 
@@ -18723,12 +18723,12 @@ environment is simply redefined to begin and end the <span
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-74013"></a><a 
  id="dx1-74014"></a> environment.
-</p><!--l. 9066--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9067--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glossaryheader</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-74015"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9068--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9069--><p class="noindent" >
 This macro indicates what to do at the start of the main body of the glossary. Note
 that this is not the same as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><a 
@@ -18745,14 +18745,14 @@ class="cmss-10">longheader</span><a
  id="dx1-74019"></a> glossary style redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossaryheader </span>to do a
 header row.
-</p><!--l. 9076--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9077--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsgroupheading</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-74020"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9078--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9079--><p class="noindent" >
 This macro indicates what to do at the start of each logical block within the main
 body of the glossary. If you use <a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
@@ -18771,18 +18771,18 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a 
  id="dx1-74025"></a></a>, the sub-divisions depend
 on the language settings.
-</p><!--l. 9089--><p class="indent" >   Note that the argument to <span 
+</p><!--l. 9090--><p class="indent" >   Note that the argument to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>is a label <span 
 class="cmti-10">not </span>the group title. The
 group title can be obtained via
-</p><!--l. 9092--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9093--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsgetgrouptitle</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-74026"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9094--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9095--><p class="noindent" >
 This obtains the title as follows: if &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; consists of a single non-active character or
 &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -18812,8 +18812,8 @@ active character (for example &oslash;), in which case the title will be set to
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. You can redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle </span>if this is unsuitable for your
 document.
-</p><!--l. 9108--><p class="indent" >   A navigation hypertarget can be created using
-</p><!--l. 9109--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9109--><p class="indent" >   A navigation hypertarget can be created using
+</p><!--l. 9110--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsnavhypertarget</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-74030"></a> <span 
@@ -18822,12 +18822,12 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9111--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9112--><p class="noindent" >
 For further details about <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnavhypertarget</span>, see the documented code
 (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>).
-</p><!--l. 9116--><p class="indent" >   Most of the predefined glossary styles redefine <span 
+</p><!--l. 9117--><p class="indent" >   Most of the predefined glossary styles redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>to simply
 ignore its argument. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">listhypergroup</span><a 
@@ -18841,19 +18841,19 @@ follows:
 \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />\item[\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}]}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9122--><p class="nopar" > See also <span 
+<!--l. 9123--><p class="nopar" > See also <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>below. (Note that command definitions within
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossarystyle</span><a 
  id="dx1-74032"></a> must use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">##1</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">#1</span></span></span> etc.)
-</p><!--l. 9126--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9127--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsgroupskip</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-74033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9128--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9129--><p class="noindent" >
 This macro determines what to do after one logical group but before the header for
 the next logical group. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">list</span><a 
@@ -18864,11 +18864,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a
  id="dx1-74035"></a>, whereas the tabular-like styles redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to produce a
 blank row.
-</p><!--l. 9135--><p class="indent" >   As from version 3.03, the package option <span 
+</p><!--l. 9136--><p class="indent" >   As from version 3.03, the package option <span 
 class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a 
  id="dx1-74036"></a> can be used to suppress this
 default gap for the predefined styles.
-</p><!--l. 9138--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9139--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glossentry</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-74037"></a> <span 
@@ -18877,7 +18877,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9140--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9141--><p class="noindent" >
 This macro indicates what to do for each level&#x00A0;0 glossary entry. The entry label is
 given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; and the associated <a 
@@ -18914,14 +18914,14 @@ href="#sec:glsnolink"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>9 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> for further
 details.) You can also use the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 9151--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9152--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryitem</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-74044"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9153--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9154--><p class="noindent" >
 This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the main (level&#x00A0;0)
 entries if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a 
@@ -18932,18 +18932,18 @@ is typically called by <span
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>. The format of the counter is
 controlled by the macro
-</p><!--l. 9159--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9160--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentrycounterlabel</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-74047"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycounterlabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9161--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9163--><p class="indent" >   Each time you use a glossary entry it creates a hyperlink (if hyperlinks are
+</p><!--l. 9162--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9164--><p class="indent" >   Each time you use a glossary entry it creates a hyperlink (if hyperlinks are
 enabled) to the relevant line in the glossary. Your new glossary style must
 therefore redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>to set the appropriate target. This is done
 using
-</p><!--l. 9168--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9169--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glstarget</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-74048"></a> <span 
@@ -18952,7 +18952,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9170--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9171--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry&#8217;s label. Note that you don&#8217;t need to worry about whether the
 <span 
@@ -18961,7 +18961,7 @@ class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
 class="cmtt-10">\glstarget </span>won&#8217;t create a target if
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\hypertarget </span>hasn&#8217;t been defined.
-</p><!--l. 9176--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 9177--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">list</span><a 
  id="dx1-74050"></a> style defines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>as follows:
@@ -18974,10 +18974,10 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>as follows:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space&#x00A0;##2}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9182--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9184--><p class="indent" >   Note also that &#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 9183--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9185--><p class="indent" >   Note also that &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">number list</span>&#x27E9; will always be of the form
-</p><!--l. 9186--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9187--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span><a 
  id="dx1-74051"></a><span 
 class="cmsy-10">{</span><span 
@@ -18996,7 +18996,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">number(s)</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}</span><span 
 class="cmsy-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9188--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9189--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">number(s)</span>&#x27E9; may contain <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\delimN</span><a 
@@ -19034,7 +19034,7 @@ need to worry about whether the user has specified the <span
 class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a 
  id="dx1-74060"></a> package
 option.
-</p><!--l. 9205--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9206--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\subglossentry</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-74061"></a> <span 
@@ -19045,7 +19045,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9207--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9208--><p class="noindent" >
 This is used to display sub-entries. The first argument, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">level</span>&#x27E9;, indicates the
 sub-entry level. This must be an integer from 1 (first sub-level) onwards.
@@ -19053,14 +19053,14 @@ The remaining arguments are analogous to those for <span
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-74062"></a> described
 above.
-</p><!--l. 9214--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9215--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glssubentryitem</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-74063"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9216--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9217--><p class="noindent" >
 This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the level&#x00A0;1 entries if
 the <span 
 class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a 
@@ -19070,39 +19070,39 @@ class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>before <span
 class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span><a 
  id="dx1-74065"></a>. The format of the counter is controlled by the
 macro
-</p><!--l. 9222--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9223--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glssubentrycounterlabel</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-74066"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssubentrycounterlabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9224--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9226--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
+</p><!--l. 9225--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9227--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
  id="dx1-74067"></a> (which <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-74068"></a> calls) sets
-</p><!--l. 9228--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9229--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\currentglossary</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-74069"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9230--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9231--><p class="noindent" >
 to the current glossary label, so it&#8217;s possible to create a glossary style that varies
 according to the glossary type.
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 9234--><p class="indent" >   For further details of these commands, see &#8220;Displaying the glossary&#8221; in the
+</p><!--l. 9235--><p class="indent" >   For further details of these commands, see &#8220;Displaying the glossary&#8221; in the
 documented code (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>).
 <a 
  id="x1-74070r21"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9238--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+</p><!--l. 9239--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 21</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Creating a completely new style)</span><a 
  id="x1-74071"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9240--><p class="indent" >   If you want a completely new style, you will need to redefine all of the commands
+</p><!--l. 9241--><p class="indent" >   If you want a completely new style, you will need to redefine all of the commands
 and the environment listed above.
-</p><!--l. 9243--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose you want each entry to start with a bullet point. This means
+</p><!--l. 9244--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose you want each entry to start with a bullet point. This means
 that the glossary should be placed in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">itemize</span><a 
  id="dx1-74072"></a><a 
@@ -19154,7 +19154,7 @@ follows:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentry{##2}{##3}}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9277--><p class="nopar" > Note that this style creates a flat glossary, where sub-entries are displayed in exactly
+<!--l. 9278--><p class="nopar" > Note that this style creates a flat glossary, where sub-entries are displayed in exactly
 the same way as the top level entries. It also hasn&#8217;t used <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem</span><a 
  id="dx1-74080"></a> or
@@ -19168,7 +19168,7 @@ class="cmss-10">counterwithin</span><a
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a 
  id="dx1-74084"></a> package options.
-</p><!--l. 9284--><p class="indent" >   Variations: </p>
+</p><!--l. 9285--><p class="indent" >   Variations: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
      <li class="itemize">You  might  want  the  entry  name  to  be  capitalised,  in  which  case  use
      <span 
@@ -19200,20 +19200,20 @@ href="#sec:utilities">Utilities<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:utilities --></a>):
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\space&#x00A0;[##2]%&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;number&#x00A0;list&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;square&#x00A0;brackets
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}%
 </div>
-     <!--l. 9304--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul>
+     <!--l. 9305--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 9306--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9306--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 9307--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9307--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
 <a 
  id="x1-74088r22"></a>
-<!--l. 9309--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+<!--l. 9310--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 22</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Creating a new glossary style based on an existing</span>
 <span 
 class="cmbx-12">style)</span><a 
  id="x1-74089"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9311--><p class="indent" >   If you want to define a new style that is a slightly modified version of an
+</p><!--l. 9312--><p class="indent" >   If you want to define a new style that is a slightly modified version of an
 existing style, you can use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><a 
  id="dx1-74090"></a> within the second argument of
@@ -19238,7 +19238,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">mylist </span>as follows:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;between&#x00A0;groups
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9325--><p class="nopar" > (In this case, you can actually achieve the same effect using the <span 
+<!--l. 9326--><p class="nopar" > (In this case, you can actually achieve the same effect using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">list</span><a 
  id="dx1-74094"></a> style in
 combination with the package option <span 
@@ -19246,11 +19246,11 @@ class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a
  id="dx1-74095"></a>.) </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 9329--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9329--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 9330--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9330--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
 <a 
  id="x1-74096r23"></a>
-<!--l. 9333--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+<!--l. 9334--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 23</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Example: creating a glossary style that uses the</span>
 <span 
@@ -19262,7 +19262,7 @@ class="cmssbx-10x-x-120">user6</span><a
  id="dx1-74098"></a> <span 
 class="cmbx-12">keys)</span><a 
  id="x1-74099"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9335--><p class="indent" >   Suppose each entry not only has an associated symbol, but also units (stored in
+</p><!--l. 9336--><p class="indent" >   Suppose each entry not only has an associated symbol, but also units (stored in
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">user1</span><a 
  id="dx1-74100"></a>) and dimension (stored in <span 
@@ -19314,26 +19314,26 @@ class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9377--><p class="nopar" > </p>
+<!--l. 9378--><p class="nopar" > </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 9378--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9378--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 9379--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9379--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-<!--l. 9380--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 9380--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 9381--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 9381--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">16. <a 
  id="sec:utilities"></a>Utilities</h2>
-</p><!--l. 9383--><p class="indent" >   This section describes some utility commands. Additional commands can be found
+</p><!--l. 9384--><p class="indent" >   This section describes some utility commands. Additional commands can be found
 in the documented code (glossaries-code.pdf).
-</p><!--l. 9386--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Some of the commands described here take a comma-separated list as an
+</p><!--l. 9387--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Some of the commands described here take a comma-separated list as an
 argument. As with <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#8217;s <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@for </span>command, make sure your list doesn&#8217;t have any
 unwanted spaces in it as they don&#8217;t get stripped. </div>
-</p><!--l. 9390--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9392--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9391--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9393--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\forallglossaries</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-75001"></a> <span 
@@ -19345,7 +19345,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">body</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9394--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9395--><p class="noindent" >
 This iterates through &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;, a comma-separated list of glossary labels (as
 supplied when the glossary was defined). At each iteration &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19355,7 +19355,7 @@ class="cmti-10">body</span>&#x27E9; is performed. If
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9; is omitted, the default is to iterate over all glossaries (except the ignored
 ones).
-</p><!--l. 9402--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9403--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\forallacronyms</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-75002"></a> <span 
@@ -19364,7 +19364,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">body</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9404--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9405--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries </span>but only iterates over the lists of acronyms (that have
 previously been declared using <span 
@@ -19376,7 +19376,7 @@ option). This command doesn&#8217;t have an optional argument. If you want to
 explicitly say which lists to iterate over, just use the optional argument of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\forallglossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 9412--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9413--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\forglsentries</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-75005"></a> <span 
@@ -19387,7 +19387,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">body</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9414--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9415--><p class="noindent" >
 This iterates through all entries in the glossary given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">glossary label</span>&#x27E9;. At each
 iteration &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19398,7 +19398,7 @@ class="cmti-10">glossary label</span>&#x27E9; is omitted, <span
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span><a 
  id="dx1-75006"></a>
 (usually the main glossary) is used.
-</p><!--l. 9421--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9422--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\forallglsentries</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-75007"></a> <span 
@@ -19410,7 +19410,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">body</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9423--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9424--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\forglsentries </span>but for each glossary in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9; (a comma-separated
@@ -19425,7 +19425,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytype{</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">body</span>&#x27E9;.)
-</p><!--l. 9432--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9433--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ifglossaryexists</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-75008"></a> <span 
@@ -19434,13 +19434,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9435--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9436--><p class="noindent" >
 This checks if the glossary given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; exists. If it does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; is performed,
 otherwise &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 9439--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9440--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ifglsentryexists</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-75009"></a> <span 
@@ -19449,7 +19449,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9442--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9443--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
                                                                   
 This checks if the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19469,7 +19469,7 @@ href="#sec:techissues"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>4.8.1 </a><a 
 href="#sec:techissues">Technical Issues<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:techissues --></a>
 for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 9452--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9453--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifexists</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-75012"></a> <span 
@@ -19478,13 +19478,13 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9454--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9455--><p class="noindent" >
 Does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; if the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; exists. If it doesn&#8217;t exist, an error is generated.
 (This command uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 9459--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9460--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifnoexists</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-75013"></a> <span 
@@ -19493,11 +19493,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9461--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9462--><p class="noindent" >
 Does the reverse of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span>. (This command uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 9465--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9466--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsdoifexistsorwarn</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-75014"></a> <span 
@@ -19506,11 +19506,11 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9467--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9468--><p class="noindent" >
 As <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists </span>but issues a warning rather than an error if the entry doesn&#8217;t
 exist.
-</p><!--l. 9471--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9472--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ifglsused</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-75015"></a> <span 
@@ -19518,12 +19518,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9; </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9474--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9475--><p class="noindent" >
 See <a 
 href="#sec:glsunset"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>14 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 9477--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9478--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ifglshaschildren</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-75016"></a> <span 
@@ -19532,14 +19532,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9480--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9481--><p class="noindent" >
 This checks if the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has any sub-entries. If it does, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true</span>
 <span 
 class="cmti-10">part</span>&#x27E9; is performed, otherwise &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 9485--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9486--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasparent</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-75017"></a> <span 
@@ -19547,13 +19547,13 @@ class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasparent</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9; </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9488--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9489--><p class="noindent" >
 This checks if the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has a parent entry. If it does, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;
 is performed, otherwise &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 9493--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9494--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ifglshassymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-75018"></a> <span 
@@ -19565,7 +19565,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9495--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9496--><p class="noindent" >
 This checks if the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has had the <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
@@ -19573,7 +19573,7 @@ class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; is performed, otherwise &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 9500--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9501--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ifglshaslong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-75020"></a> <span 
@@ -19584,7 +19584,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9502--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9503--><p class="noindent" >
 This checks if the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has had the <span 
 class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
@@ -19598,7 +19598,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
  id="dx1-75022"></a>. There is no check for the existence of
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 9509--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9510--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-75023"></a> <span 
@@ -19610,7 +19610,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9511--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9512--><p class="noindent" >
 This checks if the glossary entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has had the <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
@@ -19625,7 +19625,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
                                                                   
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 9518--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9519--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasdesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-75026"></a> <span 
@@ -19636,7 +19636,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9520--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9521--><p class="noindent" >
 This checks if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-75027"></a> field is non-empty for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19644,7 +19644,7 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. If it has,
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; is performed, otherwise &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;. Compare with:
-</p><!--l. 9524--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9525--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ifglsdescsuppressed</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-75028"></a> <span 
@@ -19657,7 +19657,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">false</span>
 <span 
 class="cmitt-10">part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9526--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9527--><p class="noindent" >
 This checks if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-75029"></a> field has been set to just <span 
@@ -19669,8 +19669,8 @@ class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; is performed, otherwise &#x27E8;<span
 class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;. There is no check for
 the existence of &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 9532--><p class="indent" >   For all other fields you can use:
-</p><!--l. 9534--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9533--><p class="indent" >   For all other fields you can use:
+</p><!--l. 9535--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19680,7 +19680,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9536--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9537--><p class="noindent" >
 This checks if the field given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; for the entry identified by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is empty. If it is,
@@ -19695,11 +19695,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasshort</span>, an error occurs if the entry is undefined
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 9545--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 9545--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 9546--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 9546--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">17. <a 
  id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h2>
-</p><!--l. 9547--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 9548--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a 
  id="dx1-76001"></a> package provides additional keys that can be used as prefixes.
 For example, if you want to specify determiners (such as &#8220;a&#8221;, &#8220;an&#8221; or &#8220;the&#8221;). The
@@ -19707,7 +19707,7 @@ For example, if you want to specify determiners (such as &#8220;a&#8221;, &#8220
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix </span>package automatically loads the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package and has the same
 package options.
-</p><!--l. 9554--><p class="indent" >   The extra keys for <span 
+</p><!--l. 9555--><p class="indent" >   The extra keys for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-76002"></a> are as follows:
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
@@ -19746,11 +19746,11 @@ class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a
  id="dx1-76012"></a> key.</dd></dl>
 <a 
  id="x1-76013r24"></a>
-<!--l. 9571--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+<!--l. 9572--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 24</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Defining Determiners)</span><a 
  id="x1-76014"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9572--><p class="indent" >   Here&#8217;s the start of my example document:
+</p><!--l. 9573--><p class="indent" >   Here&#8217;s the start of my example document:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -19759,7 +19759,7 @@ documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[toc,acronym]{glossaries-prefix}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9578--><p class="nopar" > Note that I&#8217;ve simply replaced <span 
+<!--l. 9579--><p class="nopar" > Note that I&#8217;ve simply replaced <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>from previous
 sample documents with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span>. Now for a sample
@@ -19776,7 +19776,7 @@ href="#fn1x18" id="fn1x18-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.1</sup></a></span>
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;prefixplural={the\space}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9590--><p class="nopar" > Note that I&#8217;ve had to explicitly insert a&#x00A0;space after the prefix. This allows for the
+<!--l. 9591--><p class="nopar" > Note that I&#8217;ve had to explicitly insert a&#x00A0;space after the prefix. This allows for the
 possibility of prefixes that shouldn&#8217;t have a&#x00A0;space, such as:
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -19788,7 +19788,7 @@ possibility of prefixes that shouldn&#8217;t have a&#x00A0;space, such as:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;prefix={l&#8217;},
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;prefixplural={les\space}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9600--><p class="nopar" > Where a space is required at the end of the prefix, you must use a&#x00A0;spacing command,
+<!--l. 9601--><p class="nopar" > Where a space is required at the end of the prefix, you must use a&#x00A0;spacing command,
 such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\space</span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\&#x2423;</span></span></span> (backslash space) or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
@@ -19796,7 +19796,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">~</span></span></span> due to the automatic spacing trimming
 performed in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; options.
-</p><!--l. 9606--><p class="indent" >   The prefixes can also be used with acronyms. For example:
+</p><!--l. 9607--><p class="indent" >   The prefixes can also be used with acronyms. For example:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -19806,12 +19806,12 @@ class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; options.
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;prefix={an\space},prefixfirst={a~}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;]{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9612--><p class="nopar" > </p>
+<!--l. 9613--><p class="nopar" > </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 9613--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9613--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 9615--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+<!--l. 9614--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9614--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 9616--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a 
  id="dx1-76017"></a> package provides convenient commands to use these prefixes
 with commands such as <span 
@@ -19827,7 +19827,7 @@ href="#sec:glslink"><span
 class="cmsy-10">&sect;</span>6 </a><a 
 href="#sec:glslink">Links
 to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 9622--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9623--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\pgls</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-76020"></a> <span 
@@ -19838,7 +19838,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9624--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9625--><p class="noindent" >
 This is inserts the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a 
  id="dx1-76021"></a> key (or <span 
@@ -19853,7 +19853,7 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>.
-</p><!--l. 9629--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9630--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Pgls</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-76023"></a> <span 
@@ -19864,7 +19864,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9631--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9632--><p class="noindent" >
 If the <span 
 class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a 
  id="dx1-76024"></a> key (or <span 
@@ -19889,7 +19889,7 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>.
-</p><!--l. 9639--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9640--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\PGLS</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-76027"></a> <span 
@@ -19900,14 +19900,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9641--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9642--><p class="noindent" >
 As <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\pgls </span>but converts the prefix to upper case and uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a 
  id="dx1-76028"></a> instead of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 9645--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9646--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\pglspl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-76029"></a> <span 
@@ -19918,7 +19918,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9647--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9648--><p class="noindent" >
 This is inserts the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-76030"></a> key (or <span 
@@ -19933,7 +19933,7 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>.
-</p><!--l. 9652--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9653--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Pglspl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-76032"></a> <span 
@@ -19944,7 +19944,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9654--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9655--><p class="noindent" >
 If the <span 
 class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-76033"></a> key (or <span 
@@ -19969,7 +19969,7 @@ class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>.
-</p><!--l. 9662--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9663--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\PGLSpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-76036"></a> <span 
@@ -19980,7 +19980,7 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9664--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9665--><p class="noindent" >
 As <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\pglspl </span>but converts the prefix to upper case and uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a 
@@ -19991,11 +19991,11 @@ class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>.
                                                                   
 <a 
  id="x1-76038r25"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9668--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+</p><!--l. 9669--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 25</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Using Prefixes)</span><a 
  id="x1-76039"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9669--><p class="indent" >   Continuing from Example&#x00A0;<a 
+</p><!--l. 9670--><p class="indent" >   Continuing from Example&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#x1-76013r24">24<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:determiners --></a>, now that I&#8217;ve defined my entries, I&#x00A0;can use them in
 the text via the above commands:
                                                                   
@@ -20006,20 +20006,20 @@ First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\pgls{svm}.&#x00A0;Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\pgls{svm}.
 &#x00A0;<br />Singular:&#x00A0;\pgls{sample},&#x00A0;\pgls{oeil}.
 &#x00A0;<br />Plural:&#x00A0;\pglspl{sample},&#x00A0;\pglspl{oeil}.
 </div>
-<!--l. 9675--><p class="nopar" > which produces:
+<!--l. 9676--><p class="nopar" > which produces:
      </p><div class="quote">
-     <!--l. 9678--><p class="noindent" >First  use:  a&#x00A0;support  vector  machine  (SVM).  Next  use:  an  SVM.
+     <!--l. 9679--><p class="noindent" >First  use:  a&#x00A0;support  vector  machine  (SVM).  Next  use:  an  SVM.
      Singular: a&#x00A0;sample, l&#8217;oeil. Plural: the samples, les yeux.</p></div>
-<!--l. 9682--><p class="noindent" >For a complete document, see <a 
+<!--l. 9683--><p class="noindent" >For a complete document, see <a 
 href="#x1-5100r33"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-prefix.tex</span></a>. </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 9683--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9683--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
-<!--l. 9685--><p class="indent" >   This package also provides the commands described below, none of which perform
+<!--l. 9684--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9684--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 9686--><p class="indent" >   This package also provides the commands described below, none of which perform
 any check to determine the entry&#8217;s existence.
-</p><!--l. 9688--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9689--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-76040"></a> <span 
@@ -20031,15 +20031,15 @@ class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span
 class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9690--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9691--><p class="noindent" >
 Does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; if the entry identified by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has a non-empty value for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a 
  id="dx1-76041"></a>
 key.
-</p><!--l. 9694--><p class="indent" >   This package also provides the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 9695--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9695--><p class="indent" >   This package also provides the following commands:
+</p><!--l. 9696--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefixplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-76042"></a> <span 
@@ -20052,14 +20052,14 @@ class="cmitt-10">false</span>
 <span 
 class="cmitt-10">part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9697--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9698--><p class="noindent" >
 Does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; if the entry identified by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has a non-empty value for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-76043"></a>
 key.
-</p><!--l. 9701--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9702--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefixfirst</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-76044"></a> <span 
@@ -20072,18 +20072,18 @@ class="cmitt-10">false</span>
 <span 
 class="cmitt-10">part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9703--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9704--><p class="noindent" >
 Does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; if the entry identified by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has a non-empty value for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">prefixfirst</span><a 
  id="dx1-76045"></a>
 key.
-</p><!--l. 9707--><p class="indent" >   <span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9708--><p class="indent" >   <span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-76046"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9709--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9710--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20091,26 +20091,26 @@ class="cmitt-10">true part</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9710--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9711--><p class="noindent" >
 Does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true part</span>&#x27E9; if the entry identified by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has a non-empty value for the
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-76047"></a> key.
-</p><!--l. 9714--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9715--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-76048"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefix{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9716--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9717--><p class="noindent" >
 Displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a 
  id="dx1-76049"></a> key for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 9720--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9721--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefixfirst</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-76050"></a> <span 
@@ -20119,87 +20119,87 @@ class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 9722--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9723--><p class="noindent" >
 Displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">prefixfirst</span><a 
  id="dx1-76051"></a> key for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 9726--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9727--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefixplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-76052"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9728--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9729--><p class="noindent" >
 Displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">prefixplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-76053"></a> key for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. (No check is
 performed to determine if the entry exists.)
-</p><!--l. 9733--><p class="indent" >   <span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9734--><p class="indent" >   <span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprefixfirstplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-76054"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9735--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9736--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirstplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9736--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9737--><p class="noindent" >
 Displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">prefixfirstplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-76055"></a> key for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. (No check is
 performed to determine if the entry exists.)
-</p><!--l. 9741--><p class="indent" >   There are also variants that convert the first letter to upper
+</p><!--l. 9742--><p class="indent" >   There are also variants that convert the first letter to upper
 case<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn2x18" id="fn2x18-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.2</sup></a></span><a 
  id="x1-76056f2"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 9744--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9745--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-76057"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefix{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9746--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9747--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9747--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9748--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefixfirst</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-76058"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9749--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9750--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9750--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9751--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefixplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-76059"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9752--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9754--><p class="indent" >   <span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9753--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9755--><p class="indent" >   <span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-76060"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9756--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9757--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9757--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9759--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> As with analogous commands such as <span 
+</p><!--l. 9758--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9760--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> As with analogous commands such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><a 
  id="dx1-76061"></a>, these commands aren&#8217;t
 expandable so can&#8217;t be used in PDF bookmarks. </div>
-</p><!--l. 9762--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9763--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="x1-76062r26"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9764--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+</p><!--l. 9765--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-12">Example 26</span><span 
 class="cmbx-12">&#x00A0;(Adding Determiner to Glossary Style)</span><a 
  id="x1-76063"></a>
-</p><!--l. 9765--><p class="indent" >   You can use the above commands to define a new glossary style that uses the
+</p><!--l. 9766--><p class="indent" >   You can use the above commands to define a new glossary style that uses the
 determiner. For example, the following style is a slight modification of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">list</span><a 
  id="dx1-76064"></a> style
@@ -20217,18 +20217,18 @@ that inserts the prefix before the name:
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space&#x00A0;##2}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9778--><p class="nopar" > </p>
+<!--l. 9779--><p class="nopar" > </p>
 <div class="center" 
 >
-<!--l. 9779--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9779--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
+<!--l. 9780--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9780--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div>
                                                                   
                                                                   
-<!--l. 9781--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 9781--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 9782--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 9782--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">18. <a 
  id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h2>
-</p><!--l. 9783--><p class="indent" >   Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying <span 
+</p><!--l. 9784--><p class="indent" >   Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-77001"></a>
 package, but note that this package is experimental and it requires the <span 
@@ -20341,7 +20341,7 @@ class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-77032"></a>).
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 9830--><p class="noindent" >For example:
+<!--l. 9831--><p class="noindent" >For example:
                                                                   
                                                                   
 </p>
@@ -20349,7 +20349,7 @@ class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
 \newglossaryentry{tex}{name={\TeX},description={Document
 &#x00A0;<br />preparation&#x00A0;language},access={TeX}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9834--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 9835--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{tex}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to
                                                                   
                                                                   
@@ -20357,12 +20357,12 @@ class="cmtt-10">\gls{tex}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-258">
 \BeginAccSupp{ActualText=TeX}\TeX\EndAccSupp{}
 </div>
-<!--l. 9838--><p class="nopar" > The sample file <a 
+<!--l. 9839--><p class="nopar" > The sample file <a 
 href="#x1-5102r34"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">sampleaccsupp.tex</span></a> illustrates the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-77033"></a> package.
-</p><!--l. 9842--><p class="indent" >   See the documented code (<span 
+</p><!--l. 9843--><p class="indent" >   See the documented code (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-code.pdf</span>) for further details. It is
 recommended that you also read the <span 
 class="cmss-10">accsupp</span><a 
@@ -20370,11 +20370,11 @@ class="cmss-10">accsupp</span><a
                                                                   
                                                                                           
 </p>
-<!--l. 9846--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 9846--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 9847--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 9847--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">19. <a 
  id="sec:trouble"></a>Troubleshooting</h2>
-</p><!--l. 9849--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 9850--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package comes with a minimal file called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">minimalgls.tex </span>which can
 be used for testing. This should be located in the <span 
@@ -20390,7 +20390,7 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;code is available at
 <a 
 href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/" class="url" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/minexample/</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 9860--><p class="indent" >   If you have any problems, please first consult the <a 
+</p><!--l. 9861--><p class="indent" >   If you have any problems, please first consult the <a 
 href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>FAQ</a>. If that doesn&#8217;t
 help, try posting your query to somewhere like the comp.text.tex newsgroup, the
@@ -20403,7 +20403,7 @@ submitted via <a
 href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/bug-report.html" >my package bug report form</a>.
                                                                                           
                                                                                           
-</p><!--l. 9869--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+</p><!--l. 9870--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="likesection.2"></a><a 
  id="index"></a>
                                                                                           
@@ -24973,13 +24973,13 @@ class="cmr-8">possible, for the reasons given </span><a
 href="#pdflatexnote"><span 
 class="cmr-8">earlier</span></a><span 
 class="cmr-8">.</span></p>
-<!--l. 1864--><p class="indent" >     <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+<!--l. 1865--><p class="indent" >     <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn3x2-bk" id="fn3x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">1.3</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">As from v3.01 </span><span 
 class="cmtt-8">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-10042"></a> <span 
 class="cmr-8">is no longer fragile and doesn&#8217;t need protecting.</span></p>
-<!--l. 2506--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+<!--l. 2507--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x3-bk" id="fn1x3"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">unless </span><span 
 class="cmss-8">memoir</span><a 
@@ -24987,7 +24987,7 @@ class="cmss-8">memoir</span><a
 class="cmr-8">is loaded, which case it uses </span><span 
 class="cmtt-8">\markboth</span><a 
  id="dx1-17016"></a></p>
-<!--l. 2536--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+<!--l. 2537--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn2x3-bk" id="fn2x3"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.2</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">Actually it uses </span><span 
 class="cmtt-8">\mfirstucMakeUppercase</span><a 
@@ -25011,7 +25011,7 @@ class="cmr-8">package is</span>
 class="cmr-8">automatically loaded by </span><span 
 class="cmss-8">glossaries</span><span 
 class="cmr-8">.)</span></p>
-<!--l. 3087--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+<!--l. 3088--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn3x3-bk" id="fn3x3"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.3</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">Actually it sets </span><span 
 class="cmtt-8">\acronymtype</span><a 
@@ -25034,7 +25034,7 @@ class="cmss-8">nomain</span><a
  id="dx1-20013"></a> <span 
 class="cmr-8">option has been</span>
 <span 
-class="cmr-8">used.</span></p><!--l. 4244--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+class="cmr-8">used.</span></p><!--l. 4245--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x5-bk" id="fn1x5"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">This is because </span><span 
 class="cmtt-8">\acronymtype</span><a 
@@ -25047,7 +25047,7 @@ class="cmss-8">acronym</span><a
  id="dx1-35022"></a> <span 
 class="cmr-8">package option is not</span>
 <span 
-class="cmr-8">used.</span></p><!--l. 5186--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+class="cmr-8">used.</span></p><!--l. 5187--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x7-bk" id="fn1x7"><sup class="textsuperscript">6.1</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmtt-8">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a 
  id="dx1-44003"></a> <span 
@@ -25060,14 +25060,14 @@ class="cmr-8">preserved but you may need to use the </span><span
 class="cmss-8">compatible-3.07</span><a 
  id="dx1-44005"></a> <span 
 class="cmr-8">option</span></p>
-<!--l. 5744--><p class="indent" >     <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+<!--l. 5745--><p class="indent" >     <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x9-bk" id="fn1x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.1</sup></a></span><a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-8">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-48004"></a></a> <span 
 class="cmr-8">will always assign a location number, even if it&#8217;s not needed, so it needs to be</span>
 <span 
-class="cmr-8">discarded.</span></p><!--l. 5749--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+class="cmr-8">discarded.</span></p><!--l. 5750--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn2x9-bk" id="fn2x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.2</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">Ifyou redefine </span><span 
 class="cmtt-8">\glsseeformat</span><span 
@@ -25085,7 +25085,7 @@ class="cmtt-8">[\seename] </span><span
 class="cmr-8">in the output file if no optional argument is</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-8">given.</span></p>
-<!--l. 5774--><p class="indent" >     <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+<!--l. 5775--><p class="indent" >     <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn3x9-bk" id="fn3x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">8.3</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">In versions before 3.0, </span><span 
 class="cmtt-8">\glsentryname </span><span 
@@ -25098,7 +25098,7 @@ href="#glo:sanitize"><span
 class="cmr-8">sanitized</span><a 
  id="dx1-48015"></a></a><span 
 class="cmr-8">.</span></p>
-<!--l. 6058--><p class="indent" >     <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+<!--l. 6059--><p class="indent" >     <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x10-bk" id="fn1x10"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">versions before 3.0 used </span><span 
 class="cmtt-8">\glsentryname</span><a 
@@ -25111,7 +25111,7 @@ class="cmr-8">had been </span><a
 href="#glo:sanitize"><span 
 class="cmr-8">sanitized</span><a 
  id="dx1-49056"></a></a><span 
-class="cmr-8">.</span></p><!--l. 6285--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+class="cmr-8">.</span></p><!--l. 6286--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x11-bk" id="fn1x11"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">you can&#8217;t use the </span><span 
 class="cmss-8">longheaderborder</span><a 
@@ -25121,7 +25121,7 @@ class="cmss-8">longtable</span><a
  id="dx1-50067"></a><a 
  id="dx1-50068"></a>
 <span 
-class="cmr-8">environment in two column mode.</span></p><!--l. 6618--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+class="cmr-8">environment in two column mode.</span></p><!--l. 6619--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x12-bk" id="fn1x12"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.1</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">see </span><span 
 class="cmtt-8">\setCompositor</span><a 
@@ -25132,7 +25132,7 @@ class="cmsy-8">&sect;</span><span
 class="cmr-8">3 </span></a><a 
 href="#sec:setup"><span 
 class="cmr-8">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p>
-<!--l. 6624--><p class="indent" >     <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+<!--l. 6625--><p class="indent" >     <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn2x12-bk" id="fn2x12"><sup class="textsuperscript">11.2</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">see </span><span 
 class="cmtt-8">\setAlphaCompositor</span><a 
@@ -25143,14 +25143,14 @@ class="cmsy-8">&sect;</span><span
 class="cmr-8">3 </span></a><a 
 href="#sec:setup"><span 
 class="cmr-8">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p>
-<!--l. 7822--><p class="indent" >     <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+<!--l. 7823--><p class="indent" >     <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x14-bk" id="fn1x14"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.1</sup></a></span><span 
-class="cmr-8">as from version 1.18</span></p><!--l. 7851--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+class="cmr-8">as from version 1.18</span></p><!--l. 7852--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn2x14-bk" id="fn2x14"><sup class="textsuperscript">13.2</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">See David Carlisle&#8217;sexplanation in </span><a 
 href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/86565/drawbacks-of-xspace" class="url" ><span 
 class="cmtt-8">http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/86565/drawbacks-of-xspace</span></a></p>
-<!--l. 8342--><p class="indent" >    <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+<!--l. 8343--><p class="indent" >    <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x16-bk" id="fn1x16"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.1</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">These lengths will not be available if you use both the </span><span 
 class="cmss-8">nolong</span><a 
@@ -25166,18 +25166,18 @@ class="cmss-8">nostyles</span><a
 class="cmr-8">package option unless you explicitly load the relevant</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-8">package.</span></p>
-<!--l. 8455--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+<!--l. 8456--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn2x16-bk" id="fn2x16"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.2</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">This style was supplied by Axel</span><span 
 class="cmr-8">&#x00A0;Menzel.</span></p>
-<!--l. 8666--><p class="indent" >     <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+<!--l. 8667--><p class="indent" >     <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn3x16-bk" id="fn3x16"><sup class="textsuperscript">15.3</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">e.g.</span><span 
 class="cmr-8">&#x00A0;with the </span><span 
 class="cmss-8">flowfram</span><a 
  id="dx1-69011"></a> <span 
 class="cmr-8">package.</span></p>
-<!--l. 9583--><p class="indent" >     <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+<!--l. 9584--><p class="indent" >     <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x18-bk" id="fn1x18"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.1</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">Single letter words, such as &#8220;a&#8221; and &#8220;I&#8221; should typically not appear at the end of a line,</span>
 <span 
@@ -25185,7 +25185,7 @@ class="cmr-8">hence the non-breakable space after &#8220;a&#8221; in the </span>
 class="cmss-8">prefix</span><a 
  id="dx1-76016"></a> <span 
 class="cmr-8">field.</span></p>
-<!--l. 9743--><p class="indent" >     <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+<!--l. 9744--><p class="indent" >     <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn2x18-bk" id="fn2x18"><sup class="textsuperscript">17.2</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">The earlier caveats about initial non-Latin characters apply.</span></p>                                 </div>
  
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf
index 38eedc48198..fe42458bbb8 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex
index 0bda9eba4e6..bf307e4c510 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex
@@ -367,11 +367,11 @@ and~\hyperlink{option#2}{#2}}
 \MakeShortVerb{"}
 \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
 
- \title{User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.14}
+ \title{User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.15}
  \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\%
   \url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}}
 
- \date{2015-02-28}
+ \date{2015-03-16}
  \maketitle
 
 \begin{abstract}
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ letter}{mfirstuc-manual}.
 \item[\url{glossaries-code.pdf}]
 Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner workings of all the
 packages provided in the \styfmt{glossaries} bundle should read
-\qt{Documented Code for glossaries v4.14}.
+\qt{Documented Code for glossaries v4.15}.
 This includes the documented code for the \sty{mfirstuc} package.
 
 \item[INSTALL] Installation instructions.
@@ -1324,7 +1324,8 @@ key.
 
 The sample file \texttt{glossary-lipsum-examples.tex} in the 
 \texttt{doc\slash latex\slash glossaries\slash samples} directory
-uses all these files.
+uses all these files. See also
+\url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries}.
 
 \section{Multi-Lingual Support}
 \label{sec:languages}
@@ -8194,8 +8195,8 @@ This command is used by \cs{cGlspl} and defaults to
 if the entry given by \meta{label} has a~long form or
 \begin{alltt}
 \cs{Glsentryfirstplural}\marg{label}\meta{insert}
-otherwise.
 \end{alltt}
+otherwise.
 
 This means that if the previous count for the given entry was~1, the
 entry won't be hyperlinked with the \cs{cgls}-like commands and they
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html
index c355af11a98..f870f7c0bc6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@
 <!--http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd-->  
 <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"  
 > 
-<head><title>The glossaries package v4.14: a guide for beginners</title> 
+<head><title>The glossaries package v4.15: a guide for beginners</title> 
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /> 
 <meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> 
 <meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> 
 <!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 --> 
 <meta name="src" content="glossariesbegin.tex" /> 
-<meta name="date" content="2015-02-28 17:35:00" /> 
+<meta name="date" content="2015-03-16 18:44:00" /> 
  
 <style type="text/css"> 
 <!--  
@@ -197,11 +197,11 @@ div.verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; cle
 
                                                                     
 
-<h2 class="titleHead">The glossaries package v4.14: a guide for beginners</h2>
+<h2 class="titleHead">The glossaries package v4.15: a guide for beginners</h2>
  <div class="author" ><span 
 class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span></div><br />
 <div class="date" ><span 
-class="cmr-12">2015-02-28</span></div>
+class="cmr-12">2015-03-16</span></div>
    </div>
    <div 
 class="abstract" 
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf
index ab57f384b65..500e3cbbfd8 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex
index e3c55359088..3d4b4c47515 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex
@@ -20,10 +20,10 @@
 \newcommand*{\yes}{\ding{52}}
 \newcommand*{\no}{\ding{56}}
 
-\title{The glossaries package v4.14: 
+\title{The glossaries package v4.15: 
 a guide for beginners}
 \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot}
-\date{2015-02-28}
+\date{2015-03-16}
 
 \ifpdf
   \externaldocument{glossaries-user}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html
index 5357b6cbf6d..f392f245680 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 <meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> 
 <!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 --> 
 <meta name="src" content="glossary2glossaries.tex" /> 
-<meta name="date" content="2015-02-28 17:35:00" /> 
+<meta name="date" content="2015-03-16 18:44:00" /> 
  
 <style type="text/css"> 
 <!--  
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ glossaries package</h2>
 <div class="author" ><span 
 class="cmr-12">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span></div><br />
 <div class="date" ><span 
-class="cmr-12">2015-02-28</span></div>
+class="cmr-12">2015-03-16</span></div>
    </div>
    <div 
 class="abstract" 
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf
index dc9f9799e83..8b2d7f0b791 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex
index f02cafa5755..f37828108b7 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
 \title{Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries
 package}
 \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot}
-\date{2015-02-28}
+\date{2015-03-16}
 
 \newenvironment{oldway}{%
   \begin{labelledbox}{\styfmt{glossary}}\ttfamily\obeylines
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html
index df6782f730d..7fcacfd312a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 <meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> 
 <!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 --> 
 <meta name="src" content="mfirstuc-manual.tex" /> 
-<meta name="date" content="2015-02-28 17:35:00" /> 
+<meta name="date" content="2015-03-16 18:44:00" /> 
  
 <style type="text/css"> 
 <!--  
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf
index 5caae441066..033594794ab 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf
index d42cef885f3..682f4bf2cb2 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/glossary-lipsum-examples.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf
index f5a09a60a5a..b841017cb55 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf
index 489832066d4..f0f89a98382 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf
index a61482d02b7..65ff5bfe8ea 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf
index ca18000d7ee..2eeddef1830 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf
index 54323bc38dc..40560cfaf33 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf
index 652374d2f0f..19fb7c48a9b 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entrycount.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf
index 3fdde81c5f6..dc0381e113a 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf
index 604aefbcc09..8093059e43a 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-ignored.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf
index aa617768439..cb41672f46a 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf
index 8369834ce5a..be9d214e618 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf
index 3392b595c55..400cfd53033 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-mfirstuc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-mfirstuc.pdf
index 6c2f8bd4ee9..acbfe8daccb 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-mfirstuc.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-mfirstuc.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf
index f8da75159b6..b0adefe1cc6 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf
index d053d3cfc76..23bdb08163a 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp-utf8.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf
index bce8bf52ae0..8d97270604f 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-noidxapp.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf
index 946a9d1e420..c0d38884a00 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf
index 0cfece9136f..a2397a9b07c 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf
index 37e86bc6ff0..b9d37775bcc 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf
index ef93a8b529d..8648e5dcbb4 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf
index db134f7290d..fbf2bb15428 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf
index 43ca2ae073d..965f1de58b0 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf
index 39224b2d2fd..f6652bac286 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf
index a14cb7fe436..2caf07e426b 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf
index 0f8a422de7a..f41a94c3275 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleCustomAcr.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf
index 11b0148a82e..fe51fd530ed 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf
index 5caab53da76..ef901b61dcb 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf
index 1c27cc0f4b5..3a486b08b4d 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf
index 2bd2d778a3b..4a68f53626f 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf
index 5762c405043..06fea4b0ef3 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleFnAcrDesc.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf
index ca9a301f9ee..f726c16160e 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf
index cc3b2fcd2ed..90f3db65800 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf
index 5dfeb1b7543..06348fc1863 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf
index 01f985d8c88..6e4fe590558 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf
index b35e3f6f91c..57d2ddcbc79 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf
index 0ff7c78d552..5353fd6f825 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf
index 3a996cd513e..4dc17b12701 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf
index b46bc5f9544..6277bc0a8c9 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf
index 8cac64c0a72..c956ca385d3 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf
index a056f2e1130..8536550c4a1 100644
Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf differ
-- 
cgit v1.2.3